Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-09718

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Pennsylvania   25-1435979

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(412) 762-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  x         Accelerated filer  ¨        Non-accelerated filer  ¨        Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨    No  x

As of April 30, 2009, there were 445,278,707 shares of the registrant’s common stock ($5 par value) outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

Cross-Reference Index to First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q

 

     Pages

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1.        Financial Statements (Unaudited).

   54-98

Consolidated Income Statement

   54

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   55

Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows

   56

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Note 1   Accounting Policies

   57

Note 2   National City Acquisition

   60

Note 3   Variable Interest Entities

   62

Note 4   Loans and Commitments To Extend Credit

   64

Note 5   Asset Quality

   64

Note 6   Loans Acquired in a Transfer

   65

Note 7   Investment Securities

   67

Note 8   Fair Value

   71

Note 9   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

   79

Note 10 Loan Sales and Securitizations

   81

Note 11 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts

   84

Note 12 Certain Employee Benefit And Stock-Based Compensation Plans

   84

Note 13 Financial Derivatives

   86

Note 14 Earnings Per Share

   90

Note 15 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income

   91

Note 16 Summarized Financial Information of BlackRock

   92

Note 17 Legal Proceedings

   92

Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees

   92

Note 19 Segment Reporting

   96

Statistical Information (Unaudited)

  

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

   99-100

Item 2.        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

   1-53

Financial Review

  

Consolidated Financial Highlights

   1-2

Executive Summary

   3

Consolidated Income Statement Review

   7

Consolidated Balance Sheet Review

   10

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities

   15

Fair Value Measurements And Fair Value Option

   18

Business Segments Review

   24

Critical Accounting Policies And Judgments

   36

Status Of Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

   37

Risk Management

   38

Internal Controls And Disclosure Controls And Procedures

   48

Glossary Of Terms

   48

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

   51

Item 3.        Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

   38-47

Item 4.        Controls and Procedures.

   48

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

  

Item 1.        Legal Proceedings.

   101

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

   101

Item 2.         Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities And Use Of Proceeds.

   101

Item 4.        Submission Of Matters To A Vote Of Security Holders

   101

Item 6.        Exhibits.

   102

Exhibit Index.

   102

Signature

   102

Corporate Information

   103


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Dollars in millions, except per share data    Three months ended March 31  
Unaudited        2009 (a)              2008      

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE (b)

       

Revenue

       

Net interest income

   $ 2,305      $ 854  

Noninterest income

     1,566        967  

Total revenue

   $ 3,871      $ 1,821  

Provision for credit losses

   $ 880      $ 151  

Noninterest expense

   $ 2,328      $ 1,035  

Net income

   $ 530      $ 384  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 460      $ 377  

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.03      $ 1.09  

Cash dividends declared per common share (c)

   $ .66      $ .63  

Cash dividends – TARP Capital Purchase Program preferred stock

   $ 47       

Impact of TARP Capital Purchase Program preferred stock dividends per common share

   $ .11           

SELECTED RATIOS

       

Net interest margin (d)

     3.81 %      3.09 %

Noninterest income to total revenue

     40        53  

Efficiency (e)

     60        57  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at March 31

     10.0        7.7  

Tier 1 common capital ratio at March 31

     4.9        5.7  

Return on:

       

Average common shareholders’ equity

     10.23 %      10.82 %

Average assets

     .77        1.10  

See page 48 for a glossary of certain terms used in this Report.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements.

(a) Results for the three months ended March 31, 2009 include the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(b) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Income Statement Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(c) In April 2009, the PNC board of directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of 10 cents per share, reflecting a reduction from 66 cents per share in the first quarter of 2009.
(d) Calculated as annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of margins for all earning assets, we use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP in the Consolidated Income Statement. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 were $15 million and $9 million, respectively.
(e) Calculated as noninterest expense divided by total revenue.

 

1


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) (a)

 

Unaudited    March 31
2009 (b)
    December 31
2008 (b)
       March 31
2008
 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (dollars in millions, except per share data)

           

Assets

   $ 286,422     $ 291,081        $ 139,991  

Loans

     171,373       175,489          70,802  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     4,299       3,917          865  

Investment securities

     46,253       43,473          28,581  

Loans held for sale

     4,045       4,366          2,516  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     12,178       11,688          9,349  

Equity investments

     8,215       8,554          6,187  

Deposits

     194,635       192,865          80,410  

Borrowed funds

     48,459       52,240          32,779  

Shareholders’ equity

     26,477       25,422          14,423  

Common shareholders’ equity

     18,546       17,490          14,416  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     3,289       3,949          779  

Book value per common share

     41.67       39.44          42.26  

Common shares outstanding (millions)

     445       443          341  

Loans to deposits

     88 %     91 %        88 %
 

ASSETS ADMINISTERED (billions)

           

Managed

   $ 96     $ 103        $ 66  

Nondiscretionary

     120       125          110  
 

FUND ASSETS SERVICED (billions)

           

Accounting/administration net assets

   $ 712     $ 839        $ 1,000  

Custody assets

     361       379          476  
 
CAPITAL RATIOS            

Tier 1 risk-based (c)

     10.0 %     9.7 %        7.7 %

Tier 1 common

     4.9       4.8          5.7  

Total risk-based (c)

     13.6       13.2          11.4  

Leverage (c) (d)

     8.9       17.5          6.8  

Common shareholders’ equity to assets

     6.5       6.0          10.3  
 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS            

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.73 %     .95 %        .81 %

Nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed assets

     2.02       1.23          .87  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.21       .74          .44  

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the three months ended)

     1.01       1.09          .57  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.51       2.23          1.22  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans

     145       236          151  
(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) Includes the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(c) The regulatory minimums are 4.0% for Tier 1, 8.0% for Total, and 4.0% for Leverage ratios. The well-capitalized levels are 6.0% for Tier 1, 10.0% for Total, and 5.0% for Leverage ratios.
(d) Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by adjusted average total assets. The ratio as of December 31, 2008 did not reflect any impact of National City on PNC’s adjusted average total assets.

 

2


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

This Financial Review should be read together with our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and unaudited Statistical Information included elsewhere in this Report and with Items 6, 7, 8 and 9A of our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2008 Form 10-K). We have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements. For information regarding certain business and regulatory risks, see the Risk Management section in this Financial Review and Items 1A and 7 of our 2008 Form 10-K and Item 1A included in Part II of this Report. Also, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information and Critical Accounting Policies And Judgments sections in this Financial Review for certain other factors that could cause actual results or future events to differ, perhaps materially, from historical performance and those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this Report. See Note 19 Segment Reporting in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to total PNC consolidated net income as reported on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

As further described in Note 2 Acquisitions and Divestitures in our 2008 Form 10-K, on December 31, 2008, PNC acquired National City Corporation (National City). Our consolidated financial statements for the first three months of 2009 reflect the impact of National City.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, residential mortgage banking and global investment servicing, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Washington, DC, Maryland, Virginia, Ohio, Kentucky, Delaware, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, and Wisconsin. PNC also provides certain investment servicing internationally and also conducts selected consumer and commercial lending businesses and other financial services on a nationwide basis.

We expect to incur total merger and integration costs of approximately $1.2 billion pretax in connection with the acquisition of National City. This total includes $575 million pretax recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008 and $51 million pretax recognized in the first quarter of 2009. The transaction is expected to result in the reduction of approximately $1.2 billion of combined company annualized noninterest expense through the elimination of operational and administrative redundancies.

We are in the process of integrating the business and operations of National City with those of PNC.

KEY STRATEGIC GOALS

We manage our company for the long term and are focused on returning to a moderate risk profile while maintaining strong capital and liquidity positions, investing in our markets and

products, and embracing our corporate responsibility to the communities where we do business.

Our strategy to enhance shareholder value centers on driving pre-tax, pre-provision earnings that exceed credit costs by achieving growth in revenue from our balance sheet and diverse business mix that exceeds growth in expenses controlled through disciplined cost management. The primary drivers of revenue growth are the acquisition, expansion and retention of customer relationships. We strive to expand our customer base by offering convenient banking options and leading technology solutions, providing a broad range of fee-based and credit products and services, focusing on customer service, and through a significantly enhanced branding initiative. We may also grow revenue through appropriate and targeted acquisitions and, in certain businesses, by expanding into new geographical markets.

We are focused on our strategies for quality growth. We are committed to returning to a moderate risk profile characterized by disciplined credit management and limited exposure to earnings volatility resulting from interest rate fluctuations and the shape of the interest rate yield curve. Our actions have created a well-positioned and strong balance sheet, ample liquidity and investment flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

We also continue to be focused on building capital in the current environment characterized by economic and regulatory uncertainty. See the Funding and Capital Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section and the Liquidity Risk Management section of this Financial Review regarding certain restrictions on dividends and common share repurchases resulting from PNC’s participation on December 31, 2008 in the US Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program and other regulatory restrictions on dividend capacity.

On April 2, 2009 the Board declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $.10 per share, a reduction from the prior quarterly dividend of $.66 per share. Our Board recognizes the


 

3


Table of Contents

importance of the dividend to our shareholders. While our overall capital and liquidity positions are strong, extreme economic and market deterioration and the changing regulatory environment drove this difficult but prudent decision. This proactive measure will help us build capital by approximately $1 billion annually, further strengthen our balance sheet and continue to serve our customers.

SUPERVISORY CAPITAL ASSESSMENT PROGRAM (“STRESS TESTS”)

On May 7, 2009, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System announced the results of the stress tests conducted by banking regulators under the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program with respect to the 19 largest bank holding companies. As a result of this test, the Federal Reserve concluded that PNC is currently well capitalized but that, in order to provide a greater cushion against the risk that economic conditions over the next two years are worse than currently anticipated, PNC needed to augment the composition of its capital by increasing the common shareholders’ equity component of Tier 1 capital by $600 million by November 9, 2009. This amount represents one-quarter of 1% of our risk-weighted assets as of March 31, 2009. PNC intends to satisfy this requirement through a combination of growth in retained earnings and the pursuit of other capital raising alternatives.

RECENT MARKET AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

Since the middle of 2007 and with a heightened level of activity during the second half of 2008 and into 2009, there has been unprecedented turmoil, volatility and illiquidity in worldwide financial markets, accompanied by uncertain prospects for the overall national economy, which is currently in the midst of a severe recession. In addition, there have been dramatic changes in the competitive landscape of the financial services industry during this time.

Recent efforts by the Federal government, including the US Department of the Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and the Securities and Exchange Commission, to stabilize and restore confidence in the financial services industry have impacted and will likely continue to impact PNC and our stakeholders. These efforts, which will continue to evolve, include the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and other legislative, administrative and regulatory initiatives, including the US Treasury’s TARP and TARP Capital Purchase Program, the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) and the Federal Reserve’s Commercial Paper Funding Facility (CPFF).

These programs, some of which are further described in Item 7 of our 2008 Form 10-K, include the following:

TARP Capital Purchase Program – On December 31, 2008, PNC issued to the US Treasury $7.6 billion of preferred stock together with a related warrant to purchase shares of common

stock of PNC, in accordance with the terms of the TARP Capital Purchase Program. Funds from this sale count as Tier 1 capital. Holders of this preferred stock are entitled to a cumulative cash dividend at the annual rate per share of 5% of the liquidation preference per year for the first five years after its issuance. After December 31, 2013, if these shares are still outstanding, the annual dividend rate will increase to 9% per year. We plan to redeem the US Treasury’s investment as soon as appropriate, subject to approval by our primary banking regulators. We do not contemplate exchanging any of the shares of preferred stock issued to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program for shares of mandatorily convertible preferred stock.

Further information on these securities is included in Note 19 Shareholders’ Equity included in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of the 2008 Form 10-K.

FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) – In December 2008, PNC Funding Corp issued fixed and floating rate senior notes totaling $2.9 billion under the FDIC’s TLGP-Debt Guarantee Program. In March 2009, PNC Funding Corp issued floating rate senior notes totaling $1.0 billion under this program. Each of these series of senior notes is guaranteed by the FDIC and is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States through June 30, 2012.

Since October 14, 2008, both PNC Bank, National Association (PNC Bank, N.A.) and National City Bank have participated in the TLGP-Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under this program, through December 31, 2009, all non-interest bearing transaction accounts are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account. Coverage under this program is in addition to, and separate from, the coverage available under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules.

Commercial Paper Funding Facility – Effective October 28, 2008, Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street) was approved to participate in the Federal Reserve’s CPFF. The CPFF commitment to purchase up to $5.4 billion of three-month Market Street commercial paper expires on October 30, 2009. Market Street had no borrowings under this facility at March 31, 2009.

Public-Private Investment Programs – On March 23, 2009, the US Treasury and the FDIC announced that they will establish the Legacy Loans Program (LLP) to remove troubled loans and other assets from banks. The FDIC will provide oversight for the formation, funding, and operation of new public-private investment funds (PPIFs) that will purchase loans and other assets from depository institutions. The LLP will attract private capital through an FDIC debt guarantee and Treasury equity co-investment. All FDIC-insured depository institutions will be eligible to participate in the program.


 

4


Table of Contents

On March 23, 2009, the US Treasury also announced the establishment of the Legacy Securities PPIFs, which are designed to address issues raised by troubled assets. These Legacy Securities PPIFs are specifically focused on legacy securities and are part of a plan that directs both equity capital and debt financing into the market for legacy assets. This program is designed to draw in private capital to these markets by providing matching equity capital from the US Treasury and debt financing from the Federal Reserve via the TALF and the US Treasury.

PNC is in the process of determining to what extent, if any, it will participate in these programs.

****

It is also possible that the US Congress and federal banking agencies, as part of their efforts to provide economic stimulus and financial market stability, to enhance the liquidity and solvency of financial institutions and markets, and to enhance the regulation of financial institutions and markets, will announce additional legislation, regulations or programs. These additional actions may include changes in or additions to the statutes or regulations related to existing programs, including those described above. It is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate impact of these actions on PNC’s business plans and strategies.

KEY FACTORS AFFECTING FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Our financial performance is substantially affected by several external factors outside of our control including the following, some of which may be affected by legislative, regulatory and administrative initiatives of the Federal government such as those outlined above:

   

General economic conditions, including the length and severity of the current recession,

   

The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

   

The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, the capital and other financial markets,

   

Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and asset quality,

   

Customer demand for other products and services,

   

Changes in the competitive landscape and in counterparty creditworthiness and performance as the financial services industry restructures in the current environment, and

   

The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations.

In addition, our success will depend, among other things, upon:

   

Further success in the acquisition, growth and retention of customers,

   

Progress toward integrating the National City acquisition,

   

Continued development of the geographic markets related to our recent acquisitions, including full deployment of our product offerings,

   

Revenue growth,

   

A sustained focus on expense management, including achieving our cost savings targets associated with our National City integration, and creating positive pre-tax, pre-provision earnings,

   

Managing the distressed assets portfolio and other impaired assets,

   

Maintaining solid overall asset quality,

   

Continuing to maintain our deposit base,

   

Prudent risk and capital management leading to a return to our desired moderate risk profile, and

   

Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets.

SUMMARY FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

    Three months ended March 31  
         2009             2008      

Net income, in millions

  $ 530     $ 384  

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 1.03     $ 1.09  

Return on

     

Average common

    10.23 %     10.82 %

Average assets

    .77 %     1.10 %

Highlights of the first quarter of 2009 included the following:

   

Net income for the first quarter of 2009 reflected the diversification of our businesses. Total revenue was $3.9 billion for the quarter. Net interest income was strong and noninterest income benefited from robust residential mortgage banking activity driven by refinancing volumes and income from servicing rights. Pretax, pre-provision earnings exceeded credit costs by over $650 million in the first quarter of 2009.

   

Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio increased by 30 basis points during the quarter to 10.0% and the Tier 1 common capital ratio increased to 4.9% at March 31, 2009. The reduction in our quarterly common stock dividend beginning in April 2009 is expected to add $1 billion annually to PNC’s common equity and cash positions, resulting in annual improvement in capital ratios of approximately 40 basis points.

   

We strengthened our liquidity position and we remain core funded with a loan to deposit ratio of 88% at March 31, 2009 compared with 91% at December 31, 2008. We continued to generate new deposits while allowing high rate acquired certificate of deposit balances to decline consistent with our focus on relationship-based deposits.

   

We are committed to responsible lending, essential to economic recovery. Loans and commitments of approximately $26 billion were originated and renewed during the first quarter of 2009 as we


 

5


Table of Contents
 

continued to make credit available to qualified borrowers.

   

Credit quality deterioration continued during the first quarter of 2009 as expected, reflecting further economic weakening and resulting in net additions to loan loss reserves. Nonperforming assets increased during the quarter and were 2.02% of total loans and foreclosed assets at March 31, 2009 compared with 1.23% at December 31, 2008. The ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans increased to 2.51% at March 31, 2009 from 2.23% at December 31, 2008.

   

Investment securities were $46 billion at March 31, 2009, or 16% of total assets. Approximately 92% of the portfolio was comprised of agency or investment grade equivalent securities.

   

The acquisition of National City is currently exceeding our expectations.

   

The transaction was accretive to first quarter 2009 earnings and is expected to be accretive for full year 2009.

   

The combined company was focused on clients and business growth, implementing centralized loan and deposit pricing.

   

Cost savings of approximately $400 million annualized were realized in the first quarter of 2009, progressing toward the two-year goal of reducing combined company annualized noninterest expense by $1.2 billion.

   

Agreements were reached in April 2009 to divest 61 branches in the third quarter of 2009.

   

The first wave of client conversions is planned for the fourth quarter of 2009.

Our Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Financial Review describes in greater detail the various items that impacted our results for the first quarters of 2009 and 2008.

AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

Various seasonal and other factors impact our period-end balances whereas average balances are generally more indicative of underlying business trends apart from the impact of recent acquisitions.

Our Average Consolidated Balance Sheet for the first quarter of 2009 included the impact of National City, which was the primary driver of increases compared with the first quarter of 2008. The Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review provides information on changes in selected Consolidated Balance Sheet categories at March 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008.

Total average assets were $280.9 billion for the first three months of 2009 compared with $140.6 billion for the first three months of 2008. Total average assets for the first three months of 2009 included $134.9 billion related to National City.

 

Average interest-earning assets were $244.2 billion for the first quarter of 2009, including $123.5 billion related to National City, compared with $111.3 billion in the first quarter of 2008. An increase of $104.5 billion in loans, including $98.2 billion related to National City, and a $16.2 billion increase in securities available for sale, including $13.1 billion related to National City, were reflected in the increase in average interest-earning assets. In addition, securities held to maturity, including those transferred by PNC in the fourth quarter of 2008 from the available for sale portfolio, averaged $3.4 billion in the first quarter of 2009.

Average noninterest-earning assets totaled $36.6 billion in the first quarter of 2009 compared with $29.2 billion in the prior year quarter.

The increase in average total loans, which includes the impact of National City as indicated above, reflected growth in commercial loans of $37.7 billion, consumer loans of $33.7 billion, commercial real estate loans of $16.6 billion and residential mortgage loans of $12.5 billion. Loans represented 71% of average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2009 and 62% for the first three months of 2008.

Average residential mortgage-backed securities increased $15.7 billion compared with the first quarter of 2008. Average US Treasury and government agencies securities increased $1.1 billion and average state and municipal securities increased $.9 billion in the comparison. These increases were largely as a result of the National City acquisition and were partially offset by declines of $1.3 billion in average commercial mortgage-backed securities and $.8 billion in average asset-backed securities compared with the prior year quarter. Investment securities comprised 20% of average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2009 and 27% for the first three months of 2008.

Average total deposits were $192.2 billion for the first three months of 2009, including $104.0 billion related to National City, compared with $81.6 billion for the first three months of 2008. Average deposits grew from the prior year period primarily as a result of increases in money market balances, retail certificates of deposit, and demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits. Average total deposits represented 68% of average total assets for the first three months of 2009 and 58% for the first three months of 2008.

Average transaction deposits were $113.5 billion for the first three months of 2009, including $49.6 billion related to National City, compared with $52.5 billion for the first three months of 2008.

Average borrowed funds were $47.9 billion for the first quarter of 2009, including $21.1 billion related to National City, compared with $32.1 billion for the first quarter of 2008.


 

6


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENT HIGHLIGHTS

In the first quarter of 2009, we made changes to our business organization structure and management reporting in conjunction with the acquisition of National City. As a result, we now have seven reportable business segments which include:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Global Investment Servicing

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Business segment results for the first quarter of 2008 have been reclassified to present prior periods on the same basis.

Total business segment earnings were $750 million for the first three months of 2009 and $289 million for the first three months of 2008. Highlights of results for the first quarters of 2009 and 2008 are included below. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes further analysis of our business segment results over these periods.

We provide a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to total PNC consolidated net income as reported on a GAAP basis in Note 19 Segment Reporting.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking earned $56 million for the first quarter of 2009. Results for the quarter were challenged in this environment by ongoing credit deterioration, a lower value assigned to deposits in a declining rate environment, reduced consumer spending and increased FDIC insurance costs. Retail Banking continues to maintain its focus on customer growth, employee and customer satisfaction, investing in the business for future growth, as well as disciplined expense management during this period of market and economic uncertainty.

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $374 million in the first quarter of 2009. Total revenue of $1.3 billion was strong given the current environment, driven primarily by net interest income. Noninterest expense was tightly managed, and earnings were impacted by the provision for credit losses, indicative of deteriorating credit quality occurring throughout the economy.

Asset Management Group

Earnings from the Asset Management Group totaled $38 million in the first quarter of 2009 compared with $37 million in the prior year first quarter. The current period earnings reflects new business obtained from National City offset by lower noninterest income and higher provision for credit losses stemming from the depressed equity markets and continued economic challenges. This business segment was formed in the first quarter of 2009.

 

Residential Mortgage Banking

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $226 million for the first quarter of 2009 driven by strong loan origination activity and income from servicing rights. This business segment was formed in the first quarter of 2009 and consists primarily of activities acquired with National City.

BlackRock

Our BlackRock business segment earned $23 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with $60 million for the first quarter of 2008. Lower equity markets in the first quarter of 2009 impacted BlackRock’s results.

Global Investment Servicing

Global Investment Servicing earned $10 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with $30 million for the same period of 2008. Results for 2009 were negatively impacted by continued declines in asset values and fund redemptions as a result of the deterioration of the financial markets that began in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the establishment of a legal contingency reserve.

Distressed Assets Portfolio

This business segment was formed in the first quarter of 2009 and consists primarily of assets acquired with National City. The Distressed Assets Portfolio had earnings of $23 million for the first quarter of 2009. Earnings were mainly driven by net interest income of $364 million. Further deterioration of credit quality occurred on the loans in this segment during the quarter.

Other

“Other” reported a net loss of $220 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with earnings of $95 million for the first quarter of 2008. The loss for the first quarter of 2009 included the after-tax impact of other-than-temporary impairment charges and alternative investment writedowns, equity management losses and integration costs. These items were somewhat offset by a gain related to PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation and net gains on sales of securities. Earnings for the first quarter of 2008 reflected net securities gains and the partial reversal of the Visa indemnification liability, partially offset by trading losses.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Part I, Item 1 of this Report. Net income for the first three months of 2009 was $530 million and for the first three months of 2008 was $384 million. Our Consolidated Income Statement for the first quarter of 2009 includes operating results of National City. As a result, the substantial increase in all income statement comparisons to the first quarter of 2008, except as noted, are primarily due to the operating results of National City.

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

 

    Three months ended March 31  
Dollars in millions       2009             2008      

Net interest income

  $ 2,305     $ 854  

Net interest margin

    3.81 %     3.09 %

 

7


Table of Contents

In addition to the first quarter 2009 impact of National City, changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis section of this Report for additional information.

The increase in net interest income for the first three months of 2009 compared with the first three months of 2008 reflected the increase in average interest-earning assets due to National City and the improvement in the net interest margin described below.

We expect net interest income and net interest margin for the remainder of 2009 to be flat to down compared with the first quarter of 2009 as the maturity of higher-yielding assets will be partially offset by interest-bearing deposit re-pricing, assuming our current expectations for interest rates and economic conditions. We include our current economic assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements in the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section of this Financial Review.

The net interest margin was 3.81% for the first three months of 2009 and 3.09% for the first three months of 2008. The following factors impacted the comparison:

   

A decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities of 126 basis points. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits, the largest component, decreased 138 basis points.

   

These factors were partially offset by a 45 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The yield on loans, which represented a larger portion of our earning assets in the first quarter of 2009, decreased 46 basis points.

   

In addition, the impact of noninterest-bearing sources of funding decreased 9 basis points due to lower interest rates and a lower proportion of noninterest-bearing sources of funding to interest-earning assets.

For comparing to the broader market, during the first three months of 2009 the average federal funds rate was .19% compared with 3.17% for the first three months of 2008.

NONINTEREST INCOME

Summary

Noninterest income totaled $1.566 billion for the first three months of 2009 compared with $967 million for the first three months of 2008. Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2009 included $945 million of noninterest income related to National City.

First quarter 2009 noninterest income included the following:

   

Gains on hedges of residential mortgage servicing rights of $202 million,

   

Gains of $103 million related to our BlackRock LTIP shares adjustment,

   

Net credit-related other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities of $149 million,

   

Net losses on private equity and alternative investments of $122 million, and

   

Net gains on sales of securities of $56 million.

Noninterest income for the first three months of 2008 included the impact of the following:

   

Losses related to our commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges, of $166 million,

   

Income from Hilliard Lyons totaling $164 million, including the gain of $114 million from the sale of this business,

   

A gain of $95 million related to the redemption of a portion of our Visa Class B common shares related to Visa’s March 2008 initial public offering,

   

Trading losses of $76 million,

   

Net gains on sales of securities of $41 million, and

   

Gains of $40 million related to our BlackRock LTIP shares adjustment.

Additional Analysis

Fund servicing fees totaled $199 million in the first three months of 2009 compared with $228 million in the first three months of 2008. Asset management revenue was $189 million in the first three months of 2009 compared with $212 million in the first three months of 2008. Fund servicing fees and asset management revenue were negatively impacted by declines in asset values associated with the lower equity markets during the first three months of 2009. We believe that the equity markets may rebound in 2009 in advance of an economic recovery resulting in improvement to these components of our fee-based income.

Assets managed at March 31, 2009 totaled $96 billion, including National City assets under management, compared with $66 billion at March 31, 2008.

Global Investment Servicing provided fund accounting/ administration services for $712 billion of net fund investment assets and provided custody services for $361 billion of fund investment assets at March 31, 2009, compared with $1.0 trillion and $476 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2008. The decrease in assets serviced in the comparison was due to declines in asset values and fund outflows resulting from market conditions.

For the first quarter of 2009, consumer services fees totaled $316 million, including $180 million related to National City, compared with $170 million in the first quarter of 2008. Consumer service fees in the 2009 period reflected higher card-related revenue more than offset by reduced consumer transaction volumes related to the economy.

Corporate services revenue totaled $245 million in the first three months of 2009, including $73 million related to


 

8


Table of Contents

National City, and $164 million in the first quarter of 2008. Corporate services fees include treasury management fees, which continued to be a strong contributor to revenue.

Residential mortgage revenue totaled $431 million in the first quarter of 2009. Substantially all of this revenue is associated with National City’s business. Strong mortgage refinancing volumes and $202 million of net hedging gains of mortgage servicing rights occurred in the first quarter of 2009. It is unlikely that we will repeat this strong performance in future periods, particularly the servicing rights hedging gains.

Service charges on deposits totaled $224 million for the first three months of 2009, including $137 million related to National City, and $82 million for the first three months of 2008. Service charges on deposits increased despite declining customer transaction amounts and volumes.

Net gains on sales of securities totaled $56 million for the first quarter of 2009 and $41 million for the first quarter of 2008.

The net credit component of other-than-temporary impairments of securities recognized in earnings was a loss of $149 million in the first three months of 2009. The non-credit component of the fair value mark on these securities of $537 million, which related to market factors, was included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity at March 31, 2009. There were no other-than-temporary impairments recognized in the first three months of 2008.

Other noninterest income totaled $55 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with $70 million for the first quarter of 2008. Other noninterest income for 2009 included gains of $103 million related to our equity investment in BlackRock and net losses on private equity and alternative investments of $122 million as referred to above.

Other noninterest income for 2008 included the $114 million gain from the sale of Hilliard Lyons, the $95 million gain from the redemption of a portion of our investment in Visa related to its March 2008 initial public offering, and gains of $40 million related to our equity investment in BlackRock as described above. The impact of these items was more than offset by losses related to our commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges, of $166 million, and trading losses of $76 million.

Other noninterest income typically fluctuates from period to period depending on the nature and magnitude of transactions completed. Further details regarding our trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review, further details regarding private equity and alternative investments are included in the Market Risk Management-Equity and Other Investment Risk section and further details regarding gains or losses related to our equity investment in BlackRock are included in the Business Segments Review section.

 

PRODUCT REVENUE

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management and capital markets-related products and services and commercial mortgage banking activities, that are marketed by several businesses to commercial and retail customers across PNC.

Treasury management revenue, which includes fees as well as net interest income from customer deposit balances, doubled in the first quarter of 2009, to $275 million, compared with $137 million in the first quarter of 2008. In addition to the impact of National City, these increases were primarily related to deposit growth and continued growth in legacy offerings such as lockbox, purchasing cards and services provided to the federal government.

Revenue from capital markets-related products and services totaled $43 million in the first three months of 2009 compared with $76 million in the first three months of 2008. The revenue decline was driven by reduced merger and acquisition revenues reflecting the difficult financing environment along with lower customer trading revenues impacted by reduced derivative activity levels and the impact of counterparty credit on valuations of customer positions. These revenue declines were partially offset by National City-related revenues in 2009.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (including net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services), and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans intended for sale and related hedges (including loan origination fees, net interest income, valuation adjustments and gains or losses on sales).

Commercial mortgage banking activities resulted in revenue of $94 million in the first quarter of 2009 compared with a $94 million loss for the first quarter of 2008. The loss for the first three months of 2008 reflected losses of $166 million on commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges, due to the impact of an illiquid market in 2008.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses totaled $880 million for the first three months of 2009 compared with $151 million for the first three months of 2008. The provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2009 was in excess of net charge-offs of $431 million for the period due to a required increase to our allowance for loan and lease losses reflecting continued deterioration in the credit markets and the resulting increase in nonperforming loans.

The Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding factors impacting the provision for credit losses.


 

9


Table of Contents

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2009 was $2.3 billion compared with $1.0 billion in the prior year first quarter, with the increase substantially related to National City. Acquisition cost savings of approximately $400 million annualized were realized in the first quarter of 2009, on plan to reach our goal of annualized cost savings of $1.2 billion at the end of two years.

Integration costs totaled $52 million in the first quarter of 2009 compared with $14 million in the first quarter of 2008.

We expect that the FDIC will enact a special deposit insurance assessment in 2009 that will significantly increase our FDIC deposit insurance costs for the year.

EFFECTIVE TAX RATE

Our effective tax rate was 20.1% for the first three months of 2009 and 39.5% for the first three months of 2008. A favorable agreement to settle with taxing authorities in the first quarter of 2009 contributed to the lower effective tax rate in that period and higher taxes related to the gain on sale of Hilliard Lyons in the first quarter of 2008 contributed to the higher effective tax rate in that period.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

SUMMARIZED BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

In millions   

March 31

2009

  

Dec. 31

2008

Assets

       

Loans

   $ 171,373    $ 175,489

Investment securities

     46,253      43,473

Cash and short-term investments

     21,807      23,936

Loans held for sale

     4,045      4,366

Equity investments

     8,215      8,554

Goodwill

     8,855      8,868

Other intangible assets

     3,323      2,820

Other

     22,551      23,575

Total assets

   $ 286,422    $ 291,081

Liabilities

       

Deposits

     194,635    $ 192,865

Borrowed funds

     48,459      52,240

Other

     14,672      18,328

Total liabilities

     257,766      263,433

Total shareholders’ equity

     26,477      25,422

Noncontrolling interests

     2,179      2,226

Total equity

     28,656      27,648

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 286,422    $ 291,081

The summarized balance sheet data above is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

An analysis of changes in selected balance sheet categories follows.

 

LOANS

A summary of the major categories of loans outstanding follows. Outstanding loan balances reflect unearned income, unamortized discount and premium, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $3.5 billion at March 31, 2009 and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2008, respectively.

Loans decreased $4.1 billion, or 2%, as of March 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008. Total loans represented 60% of total assets at both March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

Commercial lending represented 57% of the loan portfolio and consumer lending represented 43% at March 31, 2009. Commercial lending declined 4% at March 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008. Commercial loans, which comprised 67% of total commercial lending, declined due to lower utilization levels and paydowns. Consumer lending increased slightly at March 31, 2009 from December 31, 2008. Increases in education and residential mortgage loans were somewhat offset by a decline in home equity installment loans.

Details Of Loans

 

In millions    March 31
2009
  

Dec. 31

2008

Commercial

       

Retail/wholesale

   $ 11,226    $ 11,482

Manufacturing

     12,796      13,263

Other service providers

     8,674      9,038

Real estate related (a)

     8,926      9,107

Financial services

     5,050      5,194

Health care

     3,079      3,201

Other

     15,446      17,935

Total commercial

     65,197      69,220

Commercial real estate

       

Real estate projects

     16,830      17,176

Commercial mortgage

     8,590      8,560

Total commercial real estate

     25,420      25,736

Equipment lease financing

     6,300      6,461

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     96,917      101,417

Consumer

       

Home equity

       

Lines of credit

     24,112      24,024

Installment

     12,934      14,252

Education

     5,127      4,211

Automobile

     1,737      1,667

Credit card and other unsecured lines of credit

     3,148      3,163

Other

     4,910      5,172

Total consumer

     51,968      52,489

Residential real estate

       

Residential mortgage

     19,661      18,783

Residential construction

     2,827      2,800

Total residential real estate

     22,488      21,583

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     74,456      74,072

Total loans

   $ 171,373    $ 175,489
(a) Includes loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio continued to be diversified among numerous industries and types of businesses. The loans that we hold are also concentrated in, and diversified across, our principal geographic markets.

Our home equity lines and loans outstanding totaled $37.0 billion at March 31, 2009 and $38.3 billion at December 31, 2008. In this portfolio, we consider the higher risk loans to be those with a recent FICO credit score of less than or equal to 660 and a loan-to-value ratio greater than or equal to 90%. We had $1.2 billion or approximately 3% of the total portfolio in this grouping at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

In our $19.7 billion residential mortgage portfolio, loans with a recent FICO credit score of less than or equal to 660 and a loan-to-value ratio greater than 90% totaled $3.3 billion and comprised approximately 17% of this portfolio at March 31, 2009. The comparable amounts related to the $18.8 billion residential mortgage portfolio as of December 31, 2008 were $2.5 billion and 14%, respectively.

Commercial lending outstandings are the largest category and are the most sensitive to changes in assumptions and judgments underlying the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. We have allocated $2.8 billion, or 65%, of the total allowance for loan and lease losses at March 31, 2009 to these loans. We allocated $1.5 billion, or 35%, of the remaining allowance at that date to consumer lending outstandings. This allocation also considers other relevant factors such as:

   

Actual versus estimated losses,

   

Regional and national economic conditions,

   

Business segment and portfolio concentrations,

   

Industry conditions,

   

The impact of government regulations, and

   

Risk of potential estimation or judgmental errors, including the accuracy of risk ratings.

Net unfunded credit commitments are comprised of the following:

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions    March 31
2009
  

Dec 31

2008

Commercial and commercial real estate

   $ 58,771    $ 60,020

Home equity lines of credit

     22,416      23,195

Consumer credit card lines

     19,291      19,028

Other

     2,343      2,645

Total

   $ 102,821    $ 104,888

Unfunded commitments are concentrated in our primary geographic markets. Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. Commercial commitments

are reported net of participations, assignments and syndications, primarily to financial institutions, totaling $8.7 billion at March 31, 2009 and $8.6 billion at December 31, 2008.

Unfunded liquidity facility commitments and standby bond purchase agreements totaled $6.7 billion at March 31, 2009 and $7.0 billion at December 31, 2008 and are included in the preceding table primarily within the “Commercial and commercial real estate” category.

In addition to credit commitments, our net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $10.3 billion at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Standby letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of our customers if specified future events occur.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Details Of Investment Securities

 

In millions    Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value

March 31, 2009

       

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 2,597    $ 2,624

Residential mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     22,860      23,427

Nonagency

     12,900      9,281

Commercial mortgage-backed

     4,248      3,428

Asset-backed

     2,005      1,489

State and municipal

     1,382      1,337

Other debt

     786      774

Corporate stocks and other

     281      280

Total securities available for sale

   $ 47,059    $ 42,640

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

       

Debt securities

       

Commercial mortgage-backed

   $ 2,002    $ 1,969

Asset-backed

     1,602      1,623

Other debt

     9      10

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 3,613    $ 3,602

December 31, 2008

       

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

       

Debt securities

       

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 738    $ 739

Residential mortgage-backed

       

Agency

     22,744      23,106

Nonagency

     13,205      8,831

Commercial mortgage-backed

     4,305      3,446

Asset-backed

     2,069      1,627

State and municipal

     1,326      1,263

Other debt

     563      559

Corporate stocks and other

     575      571

Total securities available for sale

   $ 45,525    $ 40,142

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

       

Debt securities

       

Commercial mortgage-backed

   $ 1,945    $ 1,896

Asset-backed

     1,376      1,358

Other debt

     10      10

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 3,331    $ 3,264

 

11


Table of Contents

Investment securities totaled $46.3 billion at March 31, 2009 and $43.5 billion at December 31, 2008. The increase in securities of $2.8 billion since year-end reflected the purchase of US Treasury and government agency securities, somewhat offset by maturities and prepayments. Securities represented 16% of total assets at March 31, 2009 and 15% of total assets at December 31, 2008.

We evaluate our portfolio of investment securities in light of changing market conditions and other factors and, where appropriate, take steps intended to improve our overall positioning.

At March 31, 2009, the investment securities balance included a net unrealized loss of $4.4 billion, which represented the difference between fair value and amortized cost. The comparable amount at December 31, 2008 was a net unrealized loss of $5.4 billion. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, and market volatility and illiquidity. The improvement in the unrealized pretax loss from year-end was the result of improving fair values in both agency and nonagency securities. The net unrealized losses at March 31, 2009 did not reflect credit quality concerns of any significance with the underlying assets, which represented an overall well-diversified, high quality portfolio. US government agency residential mortgage-backed securities and US Treasury and government agencies securities collectively represented 56% of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2009.

FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments,” was issued in April 2009 and amended other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) guidance for debt securities regarding recognition and disclosure. The major change in the guidance was the requirement to recognize only the credit portion of OTTI charges in current earnings for those debt securities where there is no intent to sell or it is more likely than not the entity would not be required to sell the security prior to expected recovery. The remaining portion of OTTI charges is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

As permitted, PNC adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009. As a result, we recognized total OTTI in the first quarter of 2009 of $686 million, comprised of $537 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2009, and $149 million recognized as a reduction of noninterest income in our Consolidated Income Statement. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report provides further information regarding the credit portion of OTTI recognized in the first quarter of 2009.

As required under the new FASB guidance, we also recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of $110 million to retained earnings at January 1, 2009 to reclassify the noncredit component of OTTI recognized in 2008 from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

We also early adopted FSP FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly,” during the first quarter of 2009. The Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value Option section of this Financial Review has additional information related to FSP FAS 157-4.

At least quarterly we conduct a comprehensive security-level impairment assessment. Our process and methods have evolved as market conditions have deteriorated and as more research and other analyses have become available. We expect that our process and methods will continue to evolve. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant industry research and analysis. We also consider the magnitude of the impairment and the amount of time that the security has been impaired in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Balance Sheet Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. The Fair Value Measurements And Fair Value Option section of this Financial Review provides further detail on the composition of our securities portfolio, including vintage, credit rating, and FICO score, where applicable. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report includes a further discussion of our process for assessing OTTI and the results of the most recent assessment.

If the current issues affecting the US housing market were to continue for the foreseeable future or worsen, if market volatility and illiquidity were to continue or worsen, or if market interest rates were to increase appreciably, the valuation of our available for sale securities portfolio could continue to be adversely affected and we could incur additional OTTI charges that would impact our Consolidated Income Statement.

Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase and vice versa. In addition, the fair value generally decreases when credit spreads widen and vice versa.

The expected weighted-average life of investment securities (excluding corporate stocks and other) was 3 years and 5 months at March 31, 2009 and 3 years and 1 month at December 31, 2008.


 

12


Table of Contents

We estimate that at March 31, 2009 the effective duration of investment securities was 2.3 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 1.9 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2008 were 3.7 years and 3.1 years, respectively.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

 

In millions   

March 31

2009

  

Dec. 31

2008

Commercial mortgages at fair value (a)

   $ 1,245    $ 1,401

Commercial mortgages at lower of cost or market

     403      747

Total commercial mortgages

     1,648      2,148

Residential mortgages at fair value (a)

     2,226      1,824

Residential mortgages at lower of cost or market

     18      138

Total residential mortgages

     2,244      1,962

Other

     153      256

Total

   $ 4,045    $ 4,366
(a) Balance at December 31, 2008 includes loans held for sale which were acquired from National City and recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

Under SFAS 159, we account for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.

We stopped originating certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value during the first quarter of 2008 and intend to continue pursuing opportunities to reduce these positions at appropriate prices. We sold $.1 billion of commercial mortgage loans held for sale carried at fair value in the first quarter of 2009 and recognized losses of $1 million on these loans, net of hedges. Losses of $166 million on commercial mortgage loans held for sale carried at fair value, net of hedges, were recognized in the first quarter of 2008.

Strong origination volumes partially offset sales to government agencies of $1.6 billion of commercial mortgages held for sale at lower of cost or market during the first quarter of 2009.

Residential mortgage loans held for sale increased during the first quarter of 2009 due to strong refinancing volumes. Loan origination volume was $6.9 billion. Substantially all such loans were originated to agency standards. We sold $6.3 billion of this production, recognizing revenue of $175 million, during the first quarter of 2009. Net interest income on residential mortgage loans held for sale was $87 million for the first quarter of 2009.

 

FUNDING AND CAPITAL SOURCES

Details Of Funding Sources

 

In millions    March 31
2009
   Dec. 31
2008

Deposits

       

Money market

   $ 74,389    $ 67,678

Demand

     44,473      43,212

Retail certificates of deposit

     57,785      58,315

Savings

     6,570      6,056

Other time

     7,619      13,620

Time deposits in foreign offices

     3,799      3,984

Total deposits

     194,635      192,865

Borrowed funds

       

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     4,789      5,153

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     16,985      18,126

Bank notes and senior debt

     13,828      13,664

Subordinated debt

     10,694      11,208

Other

     2,163      4,089

Total borrowed funds

     48,459      52,240

Total

   $ 243,094    $ 245,105

Total funding sources decreased $2.0 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with the balance at December 31, 2008 as an increase in total deposits was more than offset by a decline in total borrowed funds.

Total deposits increased $1.8 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008 as growth in money market deposits was partially offset by the decline of higher rate non-relationship certificates of deposit. Interest-bearing deposits represented 79% of total deposits at March 31, 2009 compared with 81% of total deposits at December 31, 2008.

Borrowed funds totaled $48.5 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with $52.2 billion at December 31, 2008. The $3.7 billion decline primarily resulted from repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings. PNC issued $1.0 billion of senior notes guaranteed by the FDIC under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program in the first quarter of 2009. The Liquidity Risk Management section of this Financial Review contains further details regarding actions we have taken which impacted our borrowed funds balances in 2009.

Capital

We manage our capital position by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing debt, equity or hybrid instruments, executing treasury stock transactions, managing dividend policies and retaining earnings. The reduction in our quarterly common stock dividend beginning in April 2009 is expected to add $1 billion annually to PNC’s common equity and cash positions, resulting in annual improvement in capital ratios of approximately 40 basis points.


 

13


Table of Contents

Total shareholders’ equity increased $1.1 billion, to $26.5 billion, at March 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008 primarily due to a $.7 billion decline in accumulated other comprehensive loss and an increase of $.3 billion in retained earnings. The Investment Securities section has further information regarding the accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Common shares outstanding were 445 million at March 31, 2009 and 443 million at December 31, 2008.

Our current common stock repurchase program permits us to purchase up to 25 million shares of PNC common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated. The extent and timing of share repurchases under this program will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, regulatory and contractual limitations, and the potential impact on our credit ratings. We did not purchase any shares during the first quarter of 2009 under this program and, as described below, are restricted from doing so under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, there are restrictions on dividends and common share repurchases associated with the preferred stock that we issued to the US Treasury in accordance with that program. As is typical with cumulative preferred stock, dividend payments for this preferred stock must be current before dividends can be paid on junior shares, including our common stock, or junior shares can be repurchased or redeemed. Also, under the TARP Capital Purchase Program agreements, the US Treasury’s consent will be required for any increase in common dividends per share above $.66 per share quarterly until the third anniversary of the preferred stock issuance as long as the US Treasury continues to hold any of the preferred stock. Further, during that same period, the US Treasury’s consent will be required, unless the preferred stock is no longer held by the US Treasury, for any share repurchases with limited exceptions, most significantly purchases of common shares in connection with any benefit plan in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Any increase in our dividends while we remain subject to these restrictions would depend on the status of our efforts to put ourselves into position to redeem the US Treasury’s investment in PNC.

 

Risk-Based Capital

 

Dollars in millions    March 31
2009
    Dec. 31
2008
 

Capital components

      

Shareholders’ equity

      

Common

   $ 18,546     $ 17,490  

Preferred

     7,932       7,932  

Trust preferred capital securities

     2,981       2,898  

Noncontrolling interest

     1,512       1,506  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     (10,239 )     (9,800 )

Eligible deferred income taxes on goodwill and other intangible assets

     791       594  

Pension, other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     631       666  

Net unrealized securities losses, after-tax

     2,994       3,618  

Net unrealized losses (gains) on cash flow hedge derivatives, after-tax

     (378 )     (374 )

Other

     (248 )     (243 )

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     24,522       24,287  

Subordinated debt

     5,596       5,676  

Eligible allowance for credit losses

     3,078       3,153  

Total risk-based capital

   $ 33,196     $ 33,116  

Tier 1 common capital

      

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   $ 24,522     $ 24,287  

Preferred equity

     (7,932 )     (7,932 )

Trust preferred capital securities

     (2,981 )     (2,898 )

Noncontrolling interest

     (1,512 )     (1,506 )

Tier 1 common capital

   $ 12,097     $ 11,951  

Assets

      

Risk-weighted assets, including off- balance sheet instruments and market risk equivalent assets

   $ 244,746     $ 251,106  

Adjusted average total assets

     276,422       138,689  

Capital ratios

      

Tier 1 risk-based

     10.0 %     9.7 %

Tier 1 common

     4.9       4.8  

Total risk-based

     13.6       13.2  

Leverage

     8.9       17.5  

Capital levels were strengthened during the first quarter of 2009. Higher capital levels were net of dividend payments, including $47 million paid to the US Department of the Treasury during the first quarter of 2009 on $7.6 billion of preferred stock. We plan to redeem the Treasury Department’s investment as soon as appropriate, subject to approval by our primary banking regulators.

As described in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review, as a result of the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program, we will be required to increase our Tier 1 common capital by $600 million by November 9, 2009. We intend to do so through a combination of growth in retained earnings and other capital raising alternatives. We do not contemplate exchanging any of the shares of preferred stock issued to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program for shares of mandatorily convertible preferred stock.


 

14


Table of Contents

PNC’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio increased by 30 basis points to 10.0% at March 31, 2009 from 9.7% at December 31, 2008. The increase in the ratio was due to higher risk-based capital primarily from retained earnings coupled with a decline in risk-weighted assets. Our Tier 1 common capital ratio was 4.9% at March 31, 2009.

The leverage ratio at December 31, 2008 reflected the favorable impact on Tier 1 risk-based capital from the issuance of securities under TARP and the issuance of PNC common stock in connection with the National City acquisition, both of which occurred on December 31, 2008. In addition, the ratio as of that date did not reflect any impact of National City on PNC’s adjusted average total assets.

The access to, and cost of, funding new business initiatives including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on a financial institution's capital strength. At March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, each of our domestic bank subsidiaries was considered “well capitalized” based on US regulatory capital ratio requirements, which are indicated on page 2 of this Report. We believe our bank subsidiaries will continue to meet these requirements during the remainder of 2009.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

We engage in a variety of activities that involve unconsolidated entities or that are otherwise not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” The following sections of this Report provide further information on these types of activities:

   

Commitments, including contractual obligations and other commitments, included within the Risk Management section of this Financial Review, and

   

Note 10 Loan Sales and Securitizations and Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

   

At March 31, 2009, $2.3 billion of loans were securitized by PNC. The comparable amount was $2.4 billion at December 31, 2008. These securitized loans are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following provides a summary of variable interest entities (VIEs), including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold a significant variable interest but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

 

Consolidated VIEs – PNC Is Primary Beneficiary

 

In millions   

Aggregate

Assets

  

Aggregate

Liabilities

 

Partnership interests in low income housing projects

       

March 31, 2009

   $ 1,452    $ 803  

December 31, 2008

   $ 1,499    $ 863 (a)

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

       

March 31, 2009

   $ 1,012    $ 1,012  

December 31, 2008

   $ 1,070    $ 1,070  
(a) We have revised this amount due to PNC’s adoption of SFAS 160 as noncontrolling interests are no longer classified as aggregate liabilities.

Non-Consolidated VIEs – Significant Variable Interests

 

In millions   

Aggregate

Assets

  Aggregate
Liabilities
  PNC Risk
of Loss
 

March 31, 2009

        

Market Street

   $ 4,618   $ 4,744   $ 6,653 (a)

Partnership interests in tax credit investments (b) (c)

     1,117     649     860  

Collateralized debt obligations

     17           2  

Total

   $ 5,752   $ 5,393   $ 7,515  

December 31, 2008

        

Market Street

   $ 4,916   $ 5,010   $ 6,965 (a)

Partnership interests in tax credit investments (b) (c)

     1,095     652     920  

Collateralized debt obligations

     20           2  

Total

   $ 6,031   $ 5,662   $ 7,887  
(a) PNC’s risk of loss consists of off-balance sheet liquidity commitments to Market Street of $6.1 billion and other credit enhancements of $.6 billion at March 31, 2009. The comparable amounts were $6.4 billion and $.6 billion at December 31, 2008. These liquidity commitments are included in the Net Unfunded Credit Commitments table in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Report.
(b) Amounts reported primarily represent low income housing projects.
(c) Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities represent approximate balances due to limited availability of financial information associated with the acquired National City partnerships that we did not sponsor.

Market Street

Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street) is a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit that is owned by an independent third party. Market Street’s activities primarily involve purchasing assets or making loans secured by interests in pools of receivables from US corporations that desire access to the commercial paper market. Market Street funds the purchases of assets or loans by issuing commercial paper which has been rated A1/P1 by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, respectively, and is supported by pool-specific credit enhancements, liquidity facilities and program-level credit enhancement. Generally, Market Street mitigates its potential interest rate risk by entering into agreements with its borrowers that reflect interest rates based upon its weighted average commercial paper cost of funds. During 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, Market Street met all of its funding needs through the issuance of commercial paper.

Market Street commercial paper outstanding was $4.1 billion at March 31, 2009 and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2008. The


 

15


Table of Contents

weighted average maturity of the commercial paper was 27 days at March 31, 2009 compared with 24 days at December 31, 2008.

Effective October 28, 2008, Market Street was approved to participate in the Federal Reserve’s CPFF authorized under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act. The CPFF commitment to purchase up to $5.4 billion of three-month Market Street commercial paper expires on October 30, 2009. As of March 31, 2009, Market Street did not have any outstandings in the CPFF.

During the first quarter of 2009, PNC Capital Markets, acting as a placement agent for Market Street, held a maximum daily position in Market Street commercial paper of $8 million with an average of $5 million. This compares with a maximum daily position of $75 million with an average of $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. PNC Capital Markets owned $8 million of Market Street commercial paper at March 31, 2009 and none at December 31, 2008. PNC Bank, N.A. made no purchases of Market Street commercial paper during the first quarter of 2009.

PNC Bank, N.A. provides certain administrative services, the program-level credit enhancement and 99% of liquidity facilities to Market Street in exchange for fees negotiated based on market rates. Program administrator fees and commitment fees related to PNC’s portion of the liquidity facilities for the first quarters of 2009 and 2008 were insignificant.

The commercial paper obligations at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were effectively collateralized by Market Street’s assets. While PNC may be obligated to fund under the $6.1 billion of liquidity facilities for events such as commercial paper market disruptions, borrower bankruptcies, collateral deficiencies or covenant violations, our credit risk under the liquidity facilities is secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the borrower or another third party in the form of deal-specific credit enhancement, such as by the over collateralization of the assets. Deal-specific credit enhancement that supports the commercial paper issued by Market Street is generally structured to cover a multiple of expected losses for the pool of assets and is sized to generally meet rating agency standards for comparably structured transactions. In addition, PNC would be required to fund $1.0 billion of the liquidity facilities if the underlying assets are in default. See Note 18 Commitments And Guarantees included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

PNC provides program-level credit enhancement to cover net losses in the amount of 10% of commitments, excluding explicitly rated AAA/Aaa facilities. PNC provides 100% of the enhancement in the form of a cash collateral account funded by a loan facility. This facility expires in March 2013.

 

Market Street has entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (Note) with an unrelated third party. The Note provides first loss coverage whereby the investor absorbs losses up to the amount of the Note, which was $8.0 million as of March 31, 2009. Proceeds from the issuance of the Note are held by Market Street in a first loss reserve account that will be used to reimburse any losses incurred by Market Street, PNC Bank, N.A. or other providers under the liquidity facilities and the credit enhancement arrangements.

Assets of Market Street Funding LLC (a)

 

In millions    Outstanding    Commitments    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years

March 31, 2009

          

Trade receivables

   $ 1,491    $ 3,389    2.21

Automobile financing

     904      937    3.58

Collateralized loan obligations

     280      305    1.22

Credit cards

     300      300    .44

Residential mortgage

     14      14    26.75

Other

     1,151      1,315    1.87

Cash and miscellaneous receivables

     478            

Total

   $ 4,618    $ 6,260    2.27

December 31, 2008

          

Trade receivables

   $ 1,516    $ 3,370    2.34

Automobile financing

     992      992    3.94

Collateralized loan obligations

     306      405    1.58

Credit cards

     400      400    .19

Residential mortgage

     14      14    27.00

Other

     1,168      1,325    1.76

Cash and miscellaneous receivables

     520            

Total

   $ 4,916    $ 6,506    2.34
(a) Market Street did not recognize an asset impairment charge or experience any material rating downgrades during 2008 or the first quarter of 2009.

Market Street Commitments by Credit Rating (a)

 

      March 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

AAA/Aaa

   22 %   19 %

AA/Aa

   10     6  

A/A

   62     72  

BBB/Baa

   6     3  

Total

   100 %   100 %
(a) The majority of our facilities are not explicitly rated by the rating agencies. All facilities are structured to meet rating agency standards for applicable rating levels.

We evaluated the design of Market Street, its capital structure, the Note, and relationships among the variable interest holders under the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46, (Revised 2003) “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46R). Based on this analysis, we are not the primary beneficiary as defined by FIN 46R and therefore the assets and liabilities of Market Street are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.


 

16


Table of Contents

We would consider changes to the variable interest holders (such as new expected loss note investors and changes to program-level credit enhancement providers), terms of expected loss notes, and new types of risks related to Market Street as reconsideration events. We review the activities of Market Street on at least a quarterly basis to determine if a reconsideration event has occurred.

Based on current accounting guidance, we are not required to consolidate Market Street into our consolidated financial statements. However, if PNC would be determined to be the primary beneficiary under FIN 46R, we would consolidate the commercial paper conduit at that time. Based on current accounting guidance, to the extent that the par value of the assets in Market Street exceeded the fair value of the assets upon consolidation, the difference would be recognized by PNC as a loss in our Consolidated Income Statement in that period. Based on the fair value of the assets held by Market Street at March 31, 2009, this loss would not be material. In addition, the consolidation of Market Street would have minimal to no impact on our risk-weighted assets, risk-based capital ratios or debt covenants.

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

PNC’s subsidiary, National City Bank (NCB), sponsored a special purpose entity (SPE) trust and concurrently entered into a credit risk transfer agreement with an independent third-party to mitigate credit losses on a pool of nonconforming mortgage loans originated by its former First Franklin business unit. The SPE was formed with a small contribution from NCB and was structured as a bankruptcy-remote entity so that its creditors have no recourse to NCB. In exchange for a perfected security interest in the cash flows of the nonconforming mortgage loans, the SPE issued to NCB asset-backed securities in the form of senior, mezzanine, and subordinated equity notes. NCB has incurred credit losses equal to the subordinated equity notes and currently holds the right to put certain tranches of the mezzanine notes to the independent third-party at par. NCB holds the senior notes and will be responsible for credit losses in excess of the mezzanine securities.

The SPE was deemed to be a VIE as its equity was not sufficient to finance its activities. NCB was determined to be the primary beneficiary of the SPE as it would absorb the majority of the expected losses of the SPE through its holding of certain of the asset-backed securities. Accordingly, this SPE was consolidated and all of the entity’s assets, liabilities, and equity associated with the note tranches held by NCB are intercompany balances and are eliminated in consolidation. Nonconforming mortgage loans, including foreclosed properties, pledged as collateral to the SPE remain on the balance sheet and totaled $661 million at March 31, 2009.

At March 31, 2009, the carrying value of the mezzanine notes held by NCB was $153 million. During the first quarter of 2009, cumulative credit losses in the mortgage loan pool

surpassed the principal balance of subordinated equity notes, giving NCB the right to put the first mezzanine note to the third party in accordance with the credit risk transfer agreement. As a result, NCB exercised its put option and received $16 million for this mezzanine note. In April 2009, NCB entered into negotiations with the third party to terminate a portion of each party’s rights and obligations under the credit risk transfer agreement. In exchange for a $105 million payment received from the third party, NCB agreed to terminate its contractual right to put the two senior mezzanine note tranches to the third party. A pretax gain of $8 million was recognized in connection with this transaction.

Management assessed what impact the reconsideration events above would have on determining whether NCB would remain the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Management concluded that NCB would remain the primary beneficiary and accordingly should continue to consolidate the SPE.

Perpetual Trust Securities

We issue certain hybrid capital vehicles that qualify as capital for regulatory and rating agency purposes.

In February 2008, PNC Preferred Funding LLC (the LLC), one of our indirect subsidiaries, sold $375 million of 8.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities of PNC Preferred Funding Trust III (Trust III) to third parties in a private placement. In connection with the private placement, Trust III acquired $375 million of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities of the LLC (the LLC Preferred Securities). The sale was similar to the March 2007 private placement by the LLC of $500 million of 6.113% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Trust Securities (the Trust II Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II (Trust II) in which Trust II acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities and to the December 2006 private placement by PNC REIT Corp. of $500 million of 6.517% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the Trust I Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I (Trust I) in which Trust I acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities.

Each Trust III Security is automatically exchangeable into a share of Series J Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of PNC, each Trust II Security is automatically exchangeable into a share of Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of PNC (Series I Preferred Stock), and each Trust I Security is automatically exchangeable into a share of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of PNC Bank, N.A. (PNC Bank Preferred Stock), in each case under certain conditions relating to the capitalization or the financial condition of PNC Bank, N.A. and upon the direction of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Our 2008 Form 10-K includes additional information regarding the Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital covenants.


 

17


Table of Contents

PNC has contractually committed to Trust II and Trust III that if full dividends are not paid in a dividend period on the Trust II Securities or the Trust III Securities, as applicable, or the LLC Preferred Securities held by Trust II or Trust III, as applicable, PNC will not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire, any of its equity capital securities during the next succeeding dividend period, other than: (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of PNC in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (ii) purchases of shares of common stock of PNC pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy stock existing prior to the commencement of the extension period, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, (iii) any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under any such plan, (iv) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of PNC’s capital stock for any other class or series of PNC’s capital stock, (v) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of PNC capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged or (vi) any stock dividends paid by PNC where the dividend stock is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid.

PNC Bank, N.A. has contractually committed to Trust I that if full dividends are not paid in a dividend period on the Trust I Securities, LLC Preferred Securities or any other parity equity securities issued by the LLC, neither PNC Bank, N.A. nor its subsidiaries will declare or pay dividends or other distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its equity capital securities during the next succeeding period (other than to holders of the LLC Preferred Securities and any parity equity securities issued by the LLC) except: (i) in the case of dividends payable to subsidiaries of PNC Bank, N.A., to PNC Bank, N.A. or another wholly-owned subsidiary of PNC Bank, N.A. or (ii) in the case of dividends payable to persons that are not subsidiaries of PNC Bank, N.A., to such persons only if, (A) in the case of a cash dividend, PNC has first irrevocably committed to contribute amounts at least equal to such cash dividend or (B) in the case of in-kind dividends payable by PNC REIT Corp., PNC has committed to purchase such in-kind dividend from the applicable PNC REIT Corp. holders in exchange for a cash payment representing the market value of such in-kind dividend, and PNC has committed to contribute such in-kind dividend to PNC Bank, N.A.

PNC Capital Trust E Trust Preferred Securities

In February 2008, PNC Capital Trust E issued $450 million of 7.75% Trust Preferred Securities due March 15, 2068 (the Trust E Securities). PNC Capital Trust E’s only assets are $450 million of 7.75% Junior Subordinated Notes due March 15, 2068 and issued by PNC (the JSNs). The Trust E Securities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by PNC.

We may, at our option, redeem the JSNs at 100% of their principal amount on or after March 15, 2013.

In connection with the closing of the Trust E Securities sale, we agreed that, if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments on the JSNs or a related deferral period is continuing, then PNC would be subject during such period to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the JSN debenture holder similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described above. PNC Capital Trusts C and D have similar protective provisions with respect to $500 million in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures. Also, in connection with the closing of the Trust E Securities sale, we entered into a replacement capital covenant as described more fully in our 2008 Form 10-K.

Acquired Entity Trust Preferred Securities

As a result of the National City acquisition, we assumed obligations with respect to $2.4 billion in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by the acquired entity. Under the terms of these debentures and $158 million in principal amount of similar debentures assumed as a result of prior acquisitions, if there is an event of default under the debentures or PNC exercises its right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities issued by the statutory trusts or there is a default under PNC’s guarantee of such payment obligations, PNC would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described above.

As more fully described in our 2008 Form 10-K, we are subject to replacement capital covenants with respect to four tranches of junior subordinated debentures inherited from National City as well as a replacement capital covenant with respect to our Series L Preferred Stock.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND FAIR VALUE OPTION

SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. See Note 8 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part 1, Item 1 of this Report for further information. FSP FAS 157-4 was issued in April 2009 and provides additional guidance for estimating fair values when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. It also provides guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. As permitted, PNC adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009.


 

18


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which PNC has elected the fair value option, are summarized below. As prescribed by SFAS 157, the assets and liabilities acquired from National City on December 31, 2008 are excluded from our SFAS 157 and SFAS 159 disclosures as of that date, but are included as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

 

At March 31, 2009, assets recorded at fair value represented 20% of total assets and fair value liabilities represented 2% of total liabilities compared with 13% of total assets and 2% of total liabilities as of December 31, 2008.


 

Fair Value Measurements – Summary

 

     March 31, 2009    December 31, 2008 (j)
In millions    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value
   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value

Assets

                           

Securities available for sale

   $ 2,758    $ 25,453    $ 14,429    $ 42,640    $ 347    $ 21,633    $ 4,837    $ 26,817

Financial derivatives (a)

     6      6,845      175      7,026      16      5,582      125      5,723

Trading securities (b)

     174      801      112      1,087      89      529      73      691

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)

           1,245      1,245            1,400      1,400

Residential mortgage loans held for sale (c)

        2,226         2,226              

Loans (d)

        53         53              

Customer resale agreements (e)

        1,064         1,064         1,072         1,072

Equity investments

           1,135      1,135            571      571

Residential mortgage servicing rights (f)

           1,052      1,052            6      6

Other assets (g)

            155      310      465             144             144

Total assets

   $ 2,938    $ 36,597    $ 18,458    $ 57,993    $ 452    $ 28,960    $ 7,012    $ 36,424

Liabilities

                           

Financial derivatives (h)

   $ 1    $ 5,020    $ 101    $ 5,122    $ 2    $ 4,387    $ 22    $ 4,411

Trading securities sold short (i)

     349      45         394      182      207         389

Other liabilities

            21             21             9             9

Total liabilities

   $ 350    $ 5,086    $ 101    $ 5,537    $ 184    $ 4,603    $ 22    $ 4,809
(a) Included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in trading securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Fair value includes net unrealized gains of $8.7 million at March 31, 2009 compared with net unrealized losses of $27.5 million at December 31, 2008.
(c) Included in loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale.
(d) Included in loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Certain of these loans have been subsequently reclassified into portfolio loans.
(e) Included in federal funds sold and resale agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for this item.
(f) Included in other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(g) Includes BlackRock Preferred Series C Stock.
(h) Included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(i) Included in other borrowed funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. These are all debt securities.
(j) Excludes assets and liabilities associated with National City.

Valuation Hierarchy

The following is an outline of the valuation methodologies used for measuring fair value under SFAS 157 for the major items above. SFAS 157 focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants and establishes a reporting hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs. The fair value hierarchy (i.e., Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3) is described in detail in Note 8 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically

characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations which vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks including credit risk as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value. Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Validation Committee tests significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, we have teams, independent of the traders, verify marks and assumptions used for valuations at each period end.


 

19


Table of Contents

Securities

Securities include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We use prices sourced from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. Approximately 60% of our positions are valued using prices obtained from pricing services provided by the Barclay’s Capital Index, formerly known as the Lehman Index, and Interactive Data Corp. (IDC) and for approximately 30% more of our positions, we use prices obtained from the pricing services as an input into the valuation process. Barclay’s Capital Index prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets such as agency mortgage-backed securities, and matrix priced for other assets, such as CMBS and asset-backed securities. IDC primarily uses pricing models considering adjustments for ratings, spreads, matrix pricing and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency CMOs and municipal bonds. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding and corroborated with other dealers’ quotes, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, or by comparison to internal valuations. In circumstances where relevant market prices are limited or unavailable, valuations may require significant management judgments or adjustments to determine fair value. In these cases, the securities are classified as Level 3.

The valuation techniques used for securities classified as Level 3 include identifying a proxy security, market transaction or index along with, in certain instances, using a discounted cash flow approach. The proxy selected generally has similar credit, tenor, duration, pricing and structuring attributes to the PNC position. The price, market spread, or yield on the proxy is then used to calculate an indicative market price for the security. Depending on the nature of the PNC position and its attributes relative to the proxy, management may make additional adjustments to account for market conditions, liquidity, and nonperformance risk, based on various inputs including recent trades of similar securities, single dealer quotes, and/or other observable and unobservable inputs. For certain security types, primarily non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, the fair value methodology incorporates values obtained from a discounted cash flow model. The modeling process incorporates assumptions management believes willing market participants would use to value the security under current market conditions. The assumptions used include prepayment projections, credit loss assumptions, and discount rates, which include a risk premium due to liquidity and uncertainty, that are based on both observable and unobservable inputs. We use the discounted cash flow analysis, in conjunction with other relevant pricing information obtained from either pricing services or broker quotes to establish the fair value that management believes is representative under current market conditions. Management has applied this approach to an increasing number of positions over the past several quarters as the level of market activity for these assets has significantly decreased. For purposes of determining fair value at March 31, 2009, the relevant pricing information was the predominant input.

 

    March 31, 2009 (a)  
    Agency     Non-Agency  
Dollars in millions   Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Other
Asset-
Backed
Securities
 

Fair Value – Available for Sale

  $ 23,427     $ 9,281     $ 3,428     $ 1,489  

Fair Value – Trading

    214       9       17          

Total Fair Value

  $ 23,641     $ 9,290     $ 3,445     $ 1,489  

% of Fair Value:

           

By Vintage

           

2009

    5 %        

2008

    39 %         2 %

2007

    15 %     16 %     10 %     16 %

2006

    14 %     22 %     30 %     31 %

2005 and earlier

    22 %     62 %     60 %     50 %

Not available

    5 %                     1 %

Total

    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %

By Credit rating

           

Agency

    100 %        

AAA

        58 %     98 %     37 %

AA

        5 %     1 %     4 %

A

        4 %       3 %

BBB

        7 %       9 %

BB

        7 %       16 %

B

        11 %       7 %

Lower than B

        8 %       20 %

No rating

                    1 %     4 %

Total

    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %

By FICO Score

           

³720

        70 %       7 %

<720 or ³660

        26 %       49 %

<660

            7 %

No FICO score

    N/A       4 %     N/A       37 %

Total

            100 %             100 %

 

    December 31, 2008 (a)  
    Agency     Non-Agency  
Dollars in millions   Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Other
Asset-
Backed
Securities
 

Fair Value – Available for Sale

  $ 12,544     $ 7,420     $ 3,391     $ 1,492  

Fair Value – Trading

    198               28          

Total Fair Value

  $ 12,742     $ 7,420     $ 3,419     $ 1,492  

% of Fair Value:

           

By Vintage

           

2008

    36 %     1 %      

2007

    24 %     15 %     10 %     15 %

2006

    23 %     23 %     31 %     30 %

2005

    5 %     35 %     12 %     31 %

2004 and earlier

    12 %     26 %     47 %     24 %

Total

    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %

By Credit rating

           

Agency

    100 %     1 %      

AAA

        82 %     98 %     71 %

AA

        4 %     1 %     7 %

A

        5 %       2 %

BBB

        2 %       8 %

BB

        3 %       6 %

B

        1 %       2 %

Lower than B

        2 %       4 %

No rating

                    1 %        

Total

    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %

By FICO Score

           

>720

        68 %       13 %

<720 or >660

        30 %       47 %

<660

            1 %

No FICO score

    N/A       2 %     N/A       39 %

Total

            100 %             100 %
(a) As prescribed by SFAS 157, the assets and liabilities acquired from National City on December 31, 2008 are excluded from our SFAS 157 and SFAS 159 disclosures as of that date, but are included as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

 

20


Table of Contents

The following table provides additional information on fair values and net unrealized losses for certain of our available for sale securities. Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report includes further discussion of our process for assessing OTTI and the results of the most recent assessment.

 

     March 31, 2009  
     Available for Sale Non-Agency  
In millions    Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
  Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Other
Asset-
Backed
Securities
  Other
Asset-
Backed
Securities
 
     Fair
Value
  Net
Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
  Net
Unrealized
Loss
 

By Credit Rating

          

AAA

   $ 5,406   ($ 1,388 )   $ 552   ($ 85 )

Other Investment Grade

     1,442     (559 )     239     (48 )

Total Investment Grade

     6,848     (1,947 )     791     (133 )

BB

     692     (365 )     235     (145 )

B

     974     (749 )     101     (57 )

Lower than B

     764     (558 )     303     (160 )

No Rating

     3             59     (21 )

Total Sub-Investment Grade

     2,433     (1,672 )     698     (383 )

Total

   $ 9,281   ($ 3,619 )   $ 1,489   ($ 516 )

Remaining Fair Value of Securities Rated Sub-Investment Grade:

          

OTTI has been recognized

   $ 727     $ 175    

No OTTI recognized to date

     1,706             523        
     $ 2,433           $ 698        

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

At March 31, 2009, our residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of $23.6 billion fair value of US government agency-backed securities compared with $12.7 billion fair value at December 31, 2008 and $9.3 billion fair value of private-issuer securities compared with $7.4 billion fair value at December 31, 2008. The agency securities are generally collateralized by 1-4 family, conforming, fixed-rate residential mortgages. The private-issuer securities are also generally collateralized by 1-4 family residential mortgages. The mortgage loans underlying the private-issuer securities are generally non-conforming (i.e., original balances in excess of the amount qualifying for agency securities) and predominately have interest rates that are fixed for a period of time, after which the rate adjusts to a floating rate based upon

a contractual spread that is indexed to a market rate (i.e., a “hybrid ARM”), or interest rates that are fixed for the term of the loan.

Substantially all of the securities are senior tranches in the subordination structure and have credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts. At March 31, 2009, $2.4 billion, or 26%, of private-issuer securities were rated below “BBB” by at least one national rating agency or not rated. At December 31, 2008, $419 million, or 6%, of private-issuer securities were rated below “BBB” by at least one national rating agency or not rated.

For 39 non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, we recorded OTTI charges of $118 million in the first quarter of 2009. Seven of these securities, with remaining fair value of $117 million, were rated investment grade (three AAA, three AA, and one BBB). Of the remaining securities for which we recorded OTTI, two were rated BB-equivalent (remaining fair value of $19 million), seven were rated B-equivalent (remaining fair value of $101 million), and 23 were rated lower than B-equivalent (remaining fair value $417 million). Prior to the first quarter of 2009, we recorded OTTI charges for eight securities. At March 31, 2009, one of these securities was rated B-equivalent (remaining fair value of $35 million) and seven of these securities were rated lower than B-equivalent (remaining fair value $155 million).

For the sub-investment grade securities for which we have not recorded an OTTI through March 31, 2009, the remaining fair value was $1.7 billion. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the entire cost basis of these securities. Refer to Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a further discussion of our process for assessing OTTI and the results of the most recent assessment.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

The commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $3.4 billion fair value at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and consisted of fixed-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized by non-residential properties, primarily retail properties, office buildings, and multi-family housing. Substantially all of the securities are the most senior tranches in the subordination structure.

At March 31, 2009 $15 million, or 1%, of the commercial mortgage-backed securities were not rated. At December 31, 2008, $18 million, or 1%, of the commercial mortgage-backed securities were not rated.

For three commercial mortgage-backed securities, we recorded OTTI charges of $5 million in the first quarter of 2009. All of these securities were rated B-equivalent or lower. The remaining fair value of these securities approximates zero. We recorded no OTTI charges prior to the first quarter of 2009 for commercial mortgage-backed securities.


 

21


Table of Contents

Other Asset-Backed Securities

The asset-backed securities portfolio was $1.5 billion fair value at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and consisted of fixed-rate and floating-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized primarily by various consumer credit products, including second-lien residential mortgage loans, credit cards, and automobile loans. Substantially all of the securities are senior tranches in the subordination structure and have credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

At March 31, 2009, $698 million, or 47%, of the asset-backed securities were rated below “BBB” by at least one national rating agency or not rated. At December 31, 2008, $184 million, or 12%, of the asset-backed securities were rated below “BBB” by at least one national rating agency or not rated.

For four asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgage loans, we recorded OTTI charges of $18 million in the first quarter of 2009. Three of these securities, with a remaining fair value of $69 million, were rated lower than B-equivalent and one, with a remaining fair value of $22 million, was rated A-equivalent. Prior to the first quarter of 2009, we recorded OTTI charges for seven securities. The remaining fair value of these securities, substantially all of which are currently rated lower than B-equivalent, totaled $106 million.

For the sub-investment grade securities for which we have not recorded an OTTI charge through March 31, 2009, the remaining fair value was $523 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the entire cost basis of these securities. Refer to Note 7 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a further discussion of our process for assessing OTTI and the results of the most recent assessment.

Financial Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. However, the majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal techniques. Readily observable market inputs to these models can be validated to external sources, including industry pricing services, or corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Certain derivatives, such as total rate of return swaps, are corroborated to the CMBX index. These derivatives are classified as Level 2. Derivatives priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3. The fair values of our derivatives are adjusted for nonperformance risk including credit risk as appropriate. Our nonperformance risk adjustment is computed using new loan pricing and considers externally available bond spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations. The credit risk adjustment is not currently material to the overall derivatives valuation.

 

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value under SFAS 159. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with the related hedges. It also eliminates the requirements of hedge accounting under SFAS 133. At origination, these loans were intended for securitization. As such, a synthetic securitization methodology was used historically to value the loans and the related unfunded commitments on an aggregate basis based upon current commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) market structures and conditions. Due to inactivity in the CMBS securitization market in 2008 and 2009, we now determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale under SFAS 159 by using a whole loan methodology. Fair value is determined using assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. When available, valuation assumptions included observable inputs based on whole loan sales in the quarter. Adjustments are made to these assumptions to account when uncertainties exist, including market conditions, and liquidity. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.

Customer Resale Agreements

We account for structured resale agreements at fair value, which are economically hedged using free-standing financial derivatives. The fair value for structured resale agreements is determined using a model which includes observable market data as inputs such as interest rates. Readily observable market inputs to this model can be validated to external sources, including yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data.

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

Effective February 27, 2009, we elected to account for the approximately 2.9 million shares of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value. The Series C Preferred Stock will economically hedge the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for as a derivative. The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. This approach considers expectations of a default/liquidation event and the use of liquidity discounts based on our inability to sell the security at a fair, open market price in a timely manner. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, this security is classified as Level 3.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for residential mortgage loans originated for sale at fair value on a recurring basis under SFAS 159. Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. These loans are regularly traded in active markets and observable pricing


 

22


Table of Contents

information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2.

Equity Investments

The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. The carrying values of direct and affiliated partnership interests reflect the expected exit price and are based on various techniques including publicly traded price, multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. Indirect investments in private equity funds are valued based on the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. These investments are classified as Level 3.

Residential mortgage servicing rights

Residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. These residential MSRs do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. Although sales of servicing assets do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically would not be available. Accordingly, management determines the fair value of its residential MSRs using a discounted cash flow model incorporating assumptions about loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors. Management compares its fair value estimates to third-party valuations on a quarterly basis to assess the reasonableness of the fair values calculated by its internal valuation models. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3.

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Under SFAS 157, financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. At March 31, 2009, Level 3 fair value assets of $18.5 billion represented 32% of total assets at fair value and 6% of total assets. At December 31, 2008, Level 3 fair value assets of $7.0 billion represented 19% of total assets at fair value and 2% of total assets. Level 3 fair value liabilities of $101 million at March 31, 2009 represented 2% of total liabilities at fair value and less than 1% of total liabilities at that date. Level 3 fair value liabilities of $22 million at December 31, 2008 represented less than 1% of total liabilities at fair value and less than 1% of total liabilities at that date.

During the first quarter of 2009, securities transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 exceeded securities transferred out by $8.2 billion. These primarily related to non-agency residential and commercial mortgaged-backed securities where management determined that the volume and level of activity for these assets had significantly decreased. The lack of relevant market activity for these securities resulted in management modifying its valuation methodology for the instruments transferred in the first quarter of 2009. Other Level 3 assets include commercial mortgage loans held for sale, certain equity securities, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights and other assets. Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities do not impact liquidity or risk-based capital. However, reductions in the credit ratings of these securities would have an impact on the determination of risk-weighted assets which could reduce our regulatory capital ratios. In addition, the amount representing the credit-related portion of other-than-temporary impairments on available for sale securities would reduce our regulatory capital ratios.

Total securities measured at fair value at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 included securities available for sale and trading securities consisting primarily of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities. Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities do not impact liquidity or risk-based capital. However, reductions in the credit ratings of these securities would have an impact on the determination of risk-weighted assets which could reduce our regulatory capital ratios. In addition, other-than-temporary impairments on available for sale securities would reduce our regulatory capital ratios.


 

23


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

In the first quarter of 2009, we made changes to our business organization structure and management reporting in conjunction with the acquisition of National City. As a result, we now have seven reportable business segments which include:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Global Investment Servicing

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Business segment results for the first quarter of 2008 have been reclassified to present prior periods on the same basis.

Business segment results, including inter-segment revenues, and a description of each business are included in Note 19 Segment Reporting included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1 of this Report. Certain revenue and expense amounts included in this Financial Review differ from the amounts shown in Note 19 primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis and income statement classification differences related to Global Investment Servicing.

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our management accounting practices and management structure. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We refine our methodologies from time to time as our management accounting practices are enhanced and our businesses and management structure change. Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. As permitted under GAAP, we have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors. Capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to the banking and servicing businesses using our risk-based economic capital model. We have assigned capital equal to 6% of funds to Retail Banking to reflect the capital required for well-capitalized domestic banks and to approximate market comparables for this business. The capital assigned for Global Investment Servicing reflects its legal entity shareholder’s equity.

 

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk inherent in the business segment loan portfolios. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated results. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category. “Other” for purposes of this Business Segments Review and the Business Segment Highlights in the Executive Summary includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions including LTIP share distributions and obligations, earnings and gains or losses related to Hilliard Lyons for the first quarter of 2008, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses and certain trading activities, equity management activities, alternative investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Period-end Employees

 

     

March 31

2009 (a)

  

Dec. 31

2008 (a)

  

March 31

2008

Full-time employees

          

Retail Banking

   22,415    9,304    8,867

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   4,479    2,294    2,218

PNC Asset Management Group

   3,216    1,849    1,777

Residential Mortgage Banking

   3,819        

Global Investment Servicing

   4,732    4,934    4,865

Distressed Assets Portfolio

   124        

Other

          

Operations & Technology

   9,243    4,491    4,394

Staff Services and other

   3,830    2,441    2,371

Total Other

   13,073    6,932    6,765

Total full-time employees

   51,858    25,313    24,492

Retail Banking part-time employees

   5,376    2,347    2,304

Other part-time employees

   1,561    561    539

Total part-time employees

   6,937    2,908    2,843

Total National City legacy employees (a)

        31,374     

Total

   58,795    59,595    27,335
(a) National City’s legacy employees are included in the aggregate at December 31, 2008 but are included in the individual business segments as appropriate at March 31, 2009.

Employee data as reported by each business segment in the table above reflects staff directly employed by the respective businesses and excludes operations, technology and staff services employees reported in the Other segment. Global Investment Servicing employees are stated on a legal entity basis.


 

24


Table of Contents

Results Of Businesses – Summary

(Unaudited)

 

     Earnings      Revenue      Average Assets (a)
Three months ended March 31 – in millions    2009     2008    2009     2008    2009    2008

Retail Banking (b)

   $ 56     $ 137    $ 1,445     $ 741    $ 66,358    $ 32,604

Corporate & Institutional Banking

     374       25      1,314       315      93,048      45,020

Asset Management Group

     38       37      255       145      7,405      2,795

Residential Mortgage Banking

     226          527          7,208     

BlackRock

     23       60      26       81      4,295      4,357

Global Investment Servicing (c)

     10       30      190       228      2,479      2,699

Distressed Assets Portfolio

     23              377              23,019       

Total business segments

     750       289      4,134       1,510      203,812      87,475

Other (b) (d) (e)

     (220 )     95      (263 )     311      77,040      53,080

Total consolidated

   $ 530     $ 384    $ 3,871     $ 1,821    $ 280,852    $ 140,555
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock and Global Investment Servicing.
(b) Amounts for 2008 reflect the reclassification of the results of Hilliard Lyons, which we sold on March 31, 2008, and the related gain on sale, from Retail Banking to “Other.”
(c) Global Investment Servicing revenue represents the sum of servicing revenue and nonoperating income (expense) less debt financing costs.
(d) For our segment reporting presentation in this Financial Review, “Other” for the first three months of 2009 includes $52 million of pretax integration costs primarily related to National City while “Other” for the first three months of 2008 includes $14 million of pretax integration costs attributable to other acquisitions.
(e) “Other” average assets include securities available for sale associated with asset and liability management activities.

 

25


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions

      2009 (a)     2008  

INCOME STATEMENT

     

Net interest income

  $ 928     $ 405  

Noninterest income

     

Service charges on deposits

    219       79  

Brokerage

    61       35  

Consumer services

    208       99  

Other

    29       123  

Total noninterest income

    517       336  

Total revenue

    1,445       741  

Provision for credit losses

    303       94  

Noninterest expense

    1,063       422  

Pretax earnings

    79       225  

Income taxes

    23       88  

Earnings

  $ 56     $ 137  

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

     

Loans

     

Consumer

     

Home equity

  $ 27,631     $ 13,056  

Indirect

    4,119       2,026  

Education

    4,882       844  

Credit cards

    2,113       239  

Other consumer

    1,858       446  

Total consumer

    40,603       16,611  

Commercial and commercial real estate

    12,923       5,349  

Floor plan

    1,510       1,017  

Residential mortgage

    2,252       2,132  

Total loans

    57,288       25,109  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    5,807       4,894  

Other assets

    3,263       2,601  

Total assets

  $ 66,358     $ 32,604  

Deposits

     

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 15,819     $ 8,922  

Interest-bearing demand

    17,900       7,800  

Money market

    38,730       15,846  

Total transaction deposits

    72,449       32,568  

Savings

    6,461       2,593  

Certificates of deposit

    56,355       15,832  

Total deposits

    135,265       50,993  

Other liabilities

    1,651       410  

Shareholder’s equity

    8,415       3,213  

Total funds

  $ 145,331     $ 54,616  

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

     

Return on average shareholder’s equity

    3 %     17 %

Noninterest income to total revenue

    36 %     45 %

Efficiency

    74 %     57 %

OTHER INFORMATION (b)

     

Credit-related statistics:

     

Commercial nonperforming assets

  $ 194     $ 94  

Consumer nonperforming assets

    86       37  

Total nonperforming assets (c)

  $ 280     $ 131  

SOP 03-3 impaired loans

  $ 1,322          

Commercial net charge-offs

  $ 83     $ 43  

Consumer net charge-offs

    124       22  

Total net charge-offs

  $ 207     $ 65  

Commercial net charge-off ratio

    2.33 %     2.72 %

Consumer net charge-off ratio

    1.17 %     .47 %

Total net charge-off ratio

    1.47 %     1.04 %

Other statistics:

     

ATMs

    6,402       3,903  

Branches (d)

    2,585       1,089  

 

At March 31

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2009 (a)     2008  

OTHER INFORMATION (CONTINUED) (b)

 

   

Home equity portfolio credit statistics:

 

   

% of first lien positions (e)

     35 %     38 %

Weighted average loan-to-value ratios (e)

     74 %     72 %

Weighted average FICO scores (f)

     727       724  

Annualized net charge-off ratio

     .34 %     .34 %

Loans 90 days past due

     .65 %     .45 %

Checking-related statistics:

      

Retail Banking checking relationships (g)

     5,134,000       2,274,000  

Brokerage statistics:

      

Financial consultants (h)

     658       387  

Full service brokerage offices

     43       24  

Brokerage account assets (billions)

   $ 26     $ 18  

Managed credit card loans:

      

Loans held in portfolio

   $ 2,104     $ 239  

Loans securitized

     1,824          

Total managed credit card loans

   $ 3,928     $ 239  

Net charge-offs:

      

Securitized credit card loans

   $ 31      

Managed credit card loans

   $ 79     $ 2  

Net charge-offs as a % of average loans (annualized):

      

Securitized credit card loans

     6.89 %    

Managed credit card loans

     8.15 %     3.37 %
(a) Includes the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(b) Presented as of March 31 except for net charge-offs and annualized net charge-off ratios, which are for the three months ended.
(c) Includes nonperforming loans of $264 million at March 31, 2009 and $118 million at March 31, 2008.
(d) Excludes certain satellite branches that provide limited products and/or services.
(e) Includes loans from acquired portfolios for which lien position and loan-to-value information was limited.
(f) Represents the most recent FICO scores we have on file.
(g) Amounts as of March 31, 2009 include the impact of National City prior to application system conversions. These amounts may be refined subsequent to system conversions.
(h) Financial consultants provide services in full service brokerage offices and PNC traditional branches.

Retail Banking’s earnings were $56 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with $137 million for the same period in 2008. The first quarter of 2009 includes revenues and expenses associated with business acquired with National City. These results were challenged in this environment by ongoing credit deterioration, a lower value assigned to our deposits, reduced consumer spending and increased FDIC insurance costs. Retail Banking continues to maintain its focus on customer growth, employee and customer satisfaction, investing in the business for future growth, as well as disciplined expense management during this period of market and economic uncertainty.


 

26


Table of Contents

Highlights of Retail Banking’s performance during the first quarter of 2009 include the following:

 

The acquisition of National City added approximately $29 billion of loans and $81 billion of deposits to Retail Banking for the quarter. Other salient points related to this acquisition include the following:

   

Added over 1,400 branches, including 61 branches that will be divested in the third quarter of 2009,

   

Expanded our ATMs by over 2,100 locations,

   

Established or significantly increased our branch presence in Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Wisconsin, Missouri and Florida – giving PNC one of the largest branch distribution networks among banks in the country,

   

Expanded our customer base with the addition of approximately 2.7 million checking relationships, and

   

Added $12 billion in brokerage account assets.

 

Retail Banking expanded the number of customers it serves and grew checking relationships. Excluding relationships added from acquisitions since the first quarter of 2008, net new consumer and business checking relationships for legacy PNC grew by 18,000 during the first quarter of 2009 compared with 9,000 a year earlier.

 

We continued to invest in the branch network, albeit at a slower pace than in prior years given the current economic conditions. We are optimizing our network by opening new branches in high growth areas, relocating branches to areas of higher market opportunity, and consolidating branches in areas of declining opportunity. We opened 7 traditional branches during the first quarter. We also opened 14 in-store branches and added 170 ATM machines. To continue to optimize our network, we also consolidated 16 branches in this quarter.

 

   The in-store branches and the ATMs were primarily opened under our previously reported exclusive banking services agreement with Giant Food LLC supermarkets. We plan to open approximately 25 additional locations for the remainder of 2009 in connection with our Giant Food LLC arrangement.

Total revenue for the first quarter of 2009 was $1.445 billion compared with $741 million for the same quarter in 2008. Net interest income of $928 million increased $523 million compared with 2008. The increase in net interest income was driven by the National City acquisition and partially offset by declines in legacy net interest income as a result of the negative impact of a lower value assigned to deposits in this low rate environment.

Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2009 was $517 million, an increase of $181 million over the prior year first quarter. The National City acquisition was the major factor for the increase, partially offset in the comparison by a $95 million gain from the redemption of Visa common shares in

the first quarter of 2008. In addition, core growth in consumer related fees has been negatively impacted by current economic conditions and a decline in consumer spending.

The Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section of this Financial Review includes further information regarding Visa.

The provision for credit losses for the first three months of 2009 was $303 million compared with $94 million in the first three months of 2008. Net charge-offs were $207 million for the first quarter of 2009 and $65 million in the same period of 2008. The increases in provision and net charge-offs were primarily a result of a loan portfolio that has increased 128%, including a significantly larger credit card portfolio, and the continued credit deterioration in both the commercial and consumer loan portfolios.

Given the current environment and the acquisition of National City, we believe the provision and nonperforming assets in 2009 will continue to exceed comparable 2008 levels.

Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2009 totaled $1.063 billion, an increase of $641 million over the same period in 2008. Increases were attributable to the impact of acquisitions, continued investments in the business, and increased FDIC insurance costs.

Growing core checking deposits as a lower-cost funding source and as the cornerstone product to build customer relationships is the primary objective of our deposit strategy. Furthermore, core checking accounts are critical to our strategy of expanding our payments business. In the first quarter of 2009, average total deposits increased $84.3 billion compared with the same period in 2008.

 

Average money market deposits increased $22.9 billion over the first quarter of 2008. This increase was primarily due to the National City acquisition and core money market growth as customers generally prefer more liquid deposits in a low rate environment.

 

In the first quarter of 2009, average certificates of deposit increased $40.5 billion. The increase was due to the National City acquisition, which was partially offset by a decrease in legacy certificates of deposits. The legacy decline is a result of a focus on relationship customers rather than pursuing higher-rate single service customers. The deposit strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing, target specific products and markets for growth, and focus on the retention and growth of balances for relationship customers.

 

Average demand deposits increased $17.0 billion over the first quarter of 2008. This increase was primarily driven by acquisitions and organic growth.


 

27


Table of Contents

Currently, we are predominately focused on a relationship-based lending strategy that targets specific customer sectors (homeowners, students, small businesses and auto dealerships) while seeking a moderate risk profile for the loans that we originate.

In the first three months of 2009, average total loans were $57.3 billion, an increase of $32.2 billion over the same period in 2008.

 

Average commercial and commercial real estate loans grew $7.6 billion compared with the first quarter of 2008. The increase was primarily due to the National City acquisition.

 

Average home equity loans grew $14.6 billion over the first quarter of 2008. The majority of the increase is attributable to the National City acquisition. Our home equity loan portfolio is relationship based, with 95% of the portfolio attributable to borrowers in our primary geographic footprint. The nonperforming assets and charge-offs that we have experienced are within our expectations given current market conditions.

 

Average education loans grew $4.0 billion compared with the first quarter of 2008. The increase was due to the National City acquisition and an increase in the core business which was a result of the transfer of approximately $1.8 billion of education loans previously held for sale to the loan portfolio during the first quarter of 2008.

 

Average credit card balances increased $1.9 billion over the prior year first quarter. This increase was primarily the result of the National City acquisition and also reflected legacy growth of 49% over the first quarter of 2008.


 

28


Table of Contents

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2009 (a)    2008  

INCOME STATEMENT

       

Net interest income

   $ 1,040    $ 304  

Noninterest income

       

Corporate service fees

     219      133  

Other

     55      (122 )

Noninterest income

     274      11  

Total revenue

     1,314      315  

Provision for credit losses

     285      56  

Noninterest expense

     454      245  

Pretax earnings

     575      14  

Income taxes

     201      (11 )

Earnings

   $ 374    $ 25  

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

       

Loans

       

Corporate (b)

   $ 52,510    $ 20,315  

Commercial real estate

     15,593      5,138  

Commercial – real estate related

     4,267      2,845  

Asset-based lending

     7,025      4,974  

Total loans (b)

     79,395      33,272  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     3,376      3,061  

Loans held for sale

     1,712      2,418  

Other assets

     8,565      6,269  

Total assets

   $ 93,048    $ 45,020  

Deposits

       

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 17,571    $ 8,165  

Money market

     8,118      5,459  

Other

     7,415      2,815  

Total deposits

     33,104      16,439  

Other liabilities

     11,263      5,599  

Capital

     6,169      2,911  

Total funds

   $ 50,536    $ 24,949  

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2009 (a)     2008  

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

Return on average capital

     25 %     3 %

Noninterest income to total revenue

     21       3  

Efficiency

     35       78  

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING PORTFOLIO (in billions)

      

Beginning of period

   $ 270     $ 243  

Acquisitions/additions

     5       5  

Repayments/transfers

     (6 )     (4 )

End of period

   $ 269     $ 244  

OTHER INFORMATION

      

Consolidated revenue from: (c)

      

Treasury Management

   $ 275     $ 137  

Capital Markets

   $ 43     $ 76  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (d)

   $ 22     $ (143 )

Commercial mortgage loan servicing (e)

     72       49  

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 94     $ (94 )

Total loans (f)

   $ 77,485     $ 24,981  

Total nonperforming assets (f)(g)

   $ 1,812     $ 440  

SOP 03-3 impaired loans (f)

   $ 1,343      

Net charge-offs

   $ 169     $ 32  

Net carrying amount of commercial mortgage servicing rights (f)

   $ 874     $ 678  
(a) Includes the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(b) Includes lease financing.
(c) Represents consolidated PNC amounts.
(d) Includes valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.
(e) Includes net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services.
(f) At March 31.
(g) Includes nonperforming loans of $1.774 billion at March 31, 2009 and $421 million at March 31, 2008.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $374 million in the first quarter of 2009. The first quarter of 2009 includes revenues and expenses associated with business acquired with National City. Total revenue of $1.3 billion was strong given the current environment, driven primarily by net interest income. Noninterest expense was tightly managed, and earnings were impacted by the provision for credit losses, indicative of deteriorating credit quality occurring throughout the economy.

Corporate & Institutional Banking overview:

   

Net interest income for the first quarter of 2009 was $1.0 billion, or 79% of total revenue, driven by strong loan spreads.

 

   

Corporate service fees were $219 million in the first quarter of 2009. The major components of corporate service fees were treasury management, corporate finance fees and commercial mortgage servicing revenue. Treasury management fees continued to be a strong contributor to revenue.


 

29


Table of Contents
   

Other noninterest income was $55 million for the first quarter of 2009 and primarily consisted of leasing revenues. Other noninterest income for the first quarter of 2008 included losses of $166 million on commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges.

   

Provision for credit losses was $285 million in the first quarter of 2009 reflecting general credit deterioration, particularly in real estate. Net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2009 were $169 million.

   

Growth in nonperforming assets was driven by continued weakness in our commercial real estate and corporate loan portfolios.

   

Given the current environment and the acquisition of National City, we believe the provision and nonperforming assets will continue to exceed comparable 2008 levels.

   

Noninterest expense of $454 million reflected tight expense discipline for the first quarter of 2009.

   

Average loans were $79 billion for the first quarter of 2009 and were comprised of 66% corporate loans, 25% commercial real estate and related loans, and 9% asset-based lending. During the first quarter of 2009, loan growth slowed across the customer base reflecting reduced originations, lower utilization levels and paydowns.

   

Average deposits were $33 billion for the first quarter, including 53% noninterest bearing demand and 25% money market. During the quarter PNC continued to experience deposit growth due to a flight to quality including the return of deposits from National City customers who had previously moved funds to other institutions.

   

The commercial mortgage servicing portfolio was $269 billion at March 31, 2009 and $270 billion at December 31, 2008. Servicing portfolio additions continued to be modest due to the declining volumes in the commercial mortgage securitization market and were offset by repayments/transfers.

See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities on page 9.


 

30


Table of Contents

ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2009 (a)     2008 (b)  

INCOME STATEMENT

      

Net interest income

   $ 100     $ 32  

Noninterest income

     155       113  

Total revenue

     255       145  

Provision for credit losses

     17       1  

Noninterest expense

     171       85  

Pretax earnings

     67       59  

Income taxes

     29       22  

Earnings

   $ 38     $ 37  

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

      

Loans

      

Consumer

   $ 3,852     $ 1,956  

Commercial and commercial real estate

     1,752       532  

Residential mortgage

     1,151       65  

Total loans

     6,755       2,553  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     404       42  

Other assets

     246       200  

Total assets

   $ 7,405     $ 2,795  

Deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 1,261     $ 851  

Interest-bearing demand

     1,543       688  

Money market

     3,327       1,453  

Total transaction deposits

     6,131       2,992  

Certificates of deposit and other

     1,292       468  

Total deposits

     7,423       3,460  

Other liabilities

     173       17  

Capital

     867       208  

Total funds

   $ 8,463     $ 3,685  

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

Return on average capital

     18 %     72 %

Noninterest income to total revenue

     61       78  

Efficiency

     67       59  

OTHER INFORMATION

      

Total nonperforming assets (c)

   $ 68     $ 5  

SOP 03-3 impaired loans (c)

   $ 215      

Total net charge-offs

   $ 11     $ 1  
 

ASSETS UNDER ADMINISTRATION (in billions) (c) (d)

      

Assets under management

      

Personal

   $ 59     $ 46  

Institutional

     37       20  

Total

   $ 96     $ 66  

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 38     $ 36  

Fixed Income

     32       17  

Liquidity/Other

     26       13  

Total

   $ 96     $ 66  

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

      

Personal

   $ 26     $ 30  

Institutional

     94       80  

Total

   $ 120     $ 110  

Asset Type

      

Equity

   $ 41     $ 46  

Fixed Income

     25       26  

Liquidity/Other

     54       38  

Total

   $ 120     $ 110  
(a) Includes the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(b) Includes the legacy PNC wealth management business previously included in Retail Banking.
(c) As of March 31.
(d) Excludes brokerage account assets.

Earnings from the Asset Management Group totaled $38 million in the first quarter of 2009 compared with $37 million in the prior year first quarter. The current period earnings reflects new business obtained from National City offset by lower noninterest income from legacy business and higher provision for credit losses stemming from the depressed equity markets and continued economic challenges.

First quarter results for the Asset Management Group were highlighted by the National City acquisition and reflect the following:

 

Increased assets under management,

 

Expanded number of wealth households in our footprint,

 

Increased number of distribution channels and cross-sell opportunities, and

 

Solid financial results in spite of the adverse economic conditions.

Assets under management of $96 billion at March 31, 2009 increased $30 billion compared with the balances at March 31, 2008. The increased assets under management is attributable to the National City acquisition but is somewhat mitigated by the declining equity market values. Nondiscretionary assets under administration of $120 billion at March 31, 2009 increased $10 billion compared with the balances at March 31, 2008.

Total revenue for the first three months of 2009 was $255 million, compared with $145 million for the first three months of 2008. Net interest income of $100 million reflected strong results from the loan portfolios. Noninterest income of $155 million increased $42 million, compared with the first quarter of 2008. This growth was attributed primarily to the National City acquisition but was somewhat mitigated by the decline in equity market values.

The provision for credit losses of $17 million increased from $1 million in the first quarter of 2008 reflecting the deteriorating economic environment and larger loan portfolios. Net charge-offs were $11 million for the first quarter of 2009 and $1 million for the first quarter of 2008. The increases in provision and net charge-offs were in the consumer and commercial portfolios, with the losses primarily concentrated in the acquired National City portfolio.

Noninterest expense of $171 million increased $86 million in the first quarter of 2009 compared with the same period of 2008. The increase is attributable to the National City acquisition and rising FDIC insurance costs. Despite these run rate increases, expenses remain well managed as we continued to implement continuous improvement initiatives and began to deliver the cost savings targets resulting from the acquisition.


 

31


Table of Contents

Balance sheet activity for the first quarter of 2009 reflects both core and acquisition-related growth. Average loans of $6.8 billion increased $4.2 billion compared with 2008. Average total deposits of $7.4 billion increased $4.0 billion compared with the first quarter of 2008. Core deposit growth was driven by a shift in customer focus from riskier equity investments into deposit products given the current economic environment and the return of deposits from National City customers reflecting their confidence in the new combined company.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BANKING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions

   2009  

INCOME STATEMENT

    

Net interest income

   $ 87  

Noninterest income

    

Loan servicing revenue

     261  

Loan sales revenue

     175  

Other

     4  

Total noninterest income

     440  

Total revenue

     527  

Provision for (recoveries of) credit losses

     (9 )

Noninterest expense

     173  

Pretax earnings

     363  

Income taxes

     137  

Earnings

   $ 226  

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

    

Portfolio loans

   $ 1,429  

Loans held for sale

     2,693  

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,164  

Other assets

     1,922  

Total assets

   $ 7,208  

Deposits and other borrowings

   $ 4,761  

Other liabilities

     1,566  

Capital

     1,492  

Total funds

   $ 7,819  

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

    

Return on average capital

     61 %

Efficiency

     33 %

OTHER INFORMATION

    

Servicing portfolio for others (in billions) (a)

   $ 168  

Fixed rate

     87 %

Adjustable rate/balloon

     13 %

Weighted average interest rate

     5.99 %

MSR capitalized value (in billions)

   $ 1.0  

MSR capitalization value (in basis points)

     62  

Weighted average servicing fee (in basis points)

     30  

Net MSR hedging gains

   $ 202  

Loan origination volume (in billions)

   $ 6.9  

Percentage of originations represented by:

    

Agency and government programs

     97 %

Purchased volume

     17 %

SOP 03-3 impaired loans (a)

   $ 474  
(a) As of March 31.

 

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $226 million for the first quarter of 2009 driven by strong loan origination activity and income from servicing rights. This business was formed in the first quarter of 2009 and consists primarily of activities acquired with National City.

Residential Mortgage Banking overview:

   

Total loan originations were $6.9 billion for the first quarter. The strong volume was consistent with industry trends and was primarily originated under agency (FNMA, FHLMC, FHA/VA) guidelines.

   

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $168 billion at March 31, 2009 compared to $173 billion at January 1, 2009. The decrease was due to payoffs exceeding new direct production during the quarter.

   

Noninterest income was $440 million in the first quarter of 2009 driven by mortgage servicing rights net hedging gains of $202 million and loan sale revenue of $175 million that resulted from strong loan origination refinance volume. It is unlikely that we will repeat the strong performance in residential mortgage fees that we saw in the first quarter of 2009, particularly the servicing rights hedging gains.

   

Net interest income was $87 million in the first quarter of 2009 resulting from residential mortgage loans held for sale associated with strong origination volumes during the quarter.

   

Noninterest expense of $173 million included the addition of personnel costs associated with strong origination volumes and increased focus on loan underwriting quality and loss mitigation activities.

   

Mortgage servicing rights for others are valued at 62 basis points, with a weighted average servicing fee of 30 basis points, which reflects the fair value of the servicing rights and is based on a number of assumptions including higher prepayment volume.


 

32


Table of Contents

BLACKROCK

Our BlackRock business segment earned $23 million in the first three months of 2009 and $60 million in the first three months of 2008. These results reflect our approximately 31.5% share of BlackRock’s reported GAAP earnings for the first quarter of 2009 and our approximately 33% share of BlackRock’s reported GAAP earnings for the first quarter of 2008 and the additional income taxes on these earnings incurred by PNC.

PNC’s investment in BlackRock was $4.0 billion at March 31, 2009 and $4.2 billion at December 31, 2008. The book value per common share was $100.11 at March 31, 2009.

BLACKROCK LTIP AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS

PNC’s noninterest income for the first quarter of 2009 included a $103 million pretax gain primarily related to our BlackRock LTIP shares obligation. PNC’s noninterest income for the first quarter of 2008 included a pretax gain of $40 million related to our BlackRock LTIP shares adjustment.

As further described in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008, PNC entered into an Exchange Agreement with BlackRock on December 26, 2008. The transactions that resulted from this agreement restructured PNC’s ownership of BlackRock equity without altering, to any meaningful extent, PNC’s economic interest in BlackRock. PNC continues to be subject to the limitations on its voting rights in its existing agreements with BlackRock. Also on December 26, 2008, BlackRock entered into an Exchange Agreement with Merrill Lynch in anticipation of the consummation of the merger of Bank of America Corporation and Merrill Lynch that occurred on January 1, 2009. The PNC and Merrill Lynch Exchange Agreements restructured PNC’s and Merrill Lynch’s respective ownership of BlackRock common and preferred equity.

 

The exchange contemplated by these agreements was completed on February 27, 2009. On that date, PNC’s obligation to deliver BlackRock common shares was replaced with an obligation to deliver shares of BlackRock’s new Series C Preferred Stock. PNC acquired the 2.9 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock from BlackRock in exchange for common shares on that same date. PNC will account for these preferred shares at fair value as permitted under SFAS 159, which will offset the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock as we aligned the fair value marks on this asset and liability. The fair value amount of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets. Additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included in Note 8 Fair Value of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

PNC continues to account for its remaining investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting, with its share of BlackRock’s earnings reduced from approximately 33% to 31.5%, primarily due to the exchange of BlackRock common stock for BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock. The Series C Preferred Stock is not taken into consideration in determining PNC’s share of BlackRock earnings under the equity method. PNC’s percentage ownership of BlackRock common stock has increased from approximately 36.5% to 46.5%. The increase resulted from a substantial exchange of Merrill Lynch’s BlackRock common stock for BlackRock preferred stock. As a result of the BlackRock preferred stock held by Merrill Lynch and the new BlackRock preferred stock issued to Merrill Lynch and PNC under the Exchange Agreements, PNC’s share of BlackRock common stock has been, and will continue to be, higher than its overall share of BlackRock’s equity and earnings.

The transactions related to the Exchange Agreements do not affect our right to receive dividends declared by BlackRock.


 

33


Table of Contents

GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICING

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions except as noted

   2009     2008  

INCOME STATEMENT

      

Servicing revenue

   $ 205     $ 238  

Operating expense

     175       181  

Operating income

     30       57  

Debt financing

     5       11  

Nonoperating income (a)

     (10 )     1  

Pretax earnings

     15       47  

Income taxes

     5       17  

Earnings

   $ 10     $ 30  

PERIOD-END BALANCE SHEET

      

Goodwill and other intangible assets

   $ 1,297     $ 1,311  

Other assets

     1,182       1,388  

Total assets

   $ 2,479     $ 2,699  

Debt financing

   $ 825     $ 986  

Other liabilities

     959       1,070  

Shareholder’s equity

     695       643  

Total funds

   $ 2,479     $ 2,699  

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

      

Return on average equity

     6 %     19 %

Operating margin (b)

     15       24  

SERVICING STATISTICS (at March 31)

      

Accounting/administration net fund assets (in billions) (c)

      

Domestic

   $ 645     $ 875  

Offshore

     67       125  

Total

   $ 712     $ 1,000  

Asset type (in billions)

      

Money market

   $ 345     $ 413  

Equity

     199       358  

Fixed income

     99       128  

Other

     69       101  

Total

   $ 712     $ 1,000  

Custody fund assets (in billions)

   $ 361     $ 476  

Shareholder accounts (in millions)

      

Transfer agency

     13       19  

Subaccounting

     62       57  

Total

     75       76  
(a) Net of nonoperating expense.
(b) Total operating income divided by servicing revenue.
(c) Includes alternative investment net assets serviced.

Global Investment Servicing earned $10 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with $30 million for the same period of 2008. Results for 2009 were negatively impacted by continued declines in asset values and fund redemptions as a result of the deterioration of the financial markets and the establishment of a legal contingency reserve.

Highlights of Global Investment Servicing’s performance for the first quarter included:

   

Maintaining a positive operating margin in the face of market declines that approached 40% over the past year by proactively managing the cost structure

   

Launching additional capabilities within core processing businesses as well as innovative products resulting from the synergies created by the acquisition of Coates Analytics including:

   

Full service processing capabilities for indexed and actively managed exchange traded funds (ETFs) in the fund administration, custody and transfer agency areas

   

Intelligent Dashboard, a web based Coates Analytics product, to assist accounting and administration clients in fund oversight by organizing and storing essential data and documents from multiple sources to deliver fund critical metrics

   

Increasing subaccounting shareholder accounts by 5 million, or 9%, to 62 million, as existing clients continued to convert additional fund families to this platform. Global Investment Servicing remains a leading provider of subaccounting services and is well positioned to handle the industry trend to subaccount, which allows broker dealers the ability to hold many shareholder accounts within a single omnibus account on an asset manager’s books. This was evidenced by a recently signed deal with a nationally recognized financial services firm to provide both subaccounting and wealth management reporting afforded by the acquisition of Albridge Solutions.

Servicing revenue for 2009 totaled $205 million, a decrease of $33 million, or 14%, from first quarter 2008. This decrease resulted primarily from the lower equity markets, lower interest rate environment, high redemption activity, and account closures and consolidations which have impacted investment income and both asset based and account based fees.

Operating expense decreased by $6 million, or 3%, to $175 million, in the quarter to quarter comparison. Cost containment actions taken by the business beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008 in response to the market conditions, offset partially by investments in technology to support business growth, drove the lower expense level.

Debt financing costs were lower than prior year levels due to the much lower interest rate environment and principal payments of $161 million made during the prior twelve months.

Nonoperating income was impacted by the establishment of a legal contingency reserve.

Total assets serviced by Global Investment Servicing totaled $1.8 trillion at March 31, 2009 compared with $2.6 trillion and $2.0 trillion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The decline in assets serviced was a direct result of global market declines.


 

34


Table of Contents

DISTRESSED ASSETS PORTFOLIO

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2009  

INCOME STATEMENT

    

Net interest income

   $ 364  

Noninterest income

     13  

Total revenue

     377  

Provision for credit losses

     259  

Noninterest expense

     80  

Pretax earnings

     38  

Income taxes

     15  

Earnings

   $ 23  

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

    

Commercial lending:

    

Commercial

   $ 197  

Commercial real estate

     3,392  

Equipment lease financing

     858  

Total commercial lending

     4,447  

Consumer lending:

    

Home equity

     7,849  

Residential real estate

     11,012  

Total consumer lending

     18,861  

Total portfolio loans

     23,308  

Other assets

     (289 )

Total assets

   $ 23,019  

Deposits

   $ 45  

Other liabilities

     264  

Capital

     2,592  

Total funds

   $ 2,901  

OTHER INFORMATION

    

Total nonperforming assets (a)

   $ 933  

SOP 03-3 impaired loans (a)

   $ 8,499  

Net charge-offs

   $ 51  

Net charge-offs as a percentage of portfolio loans (annualized)

     .89 %
 

LOANS (in billions) (a)

    

Brokered home equity

   $ 7.1  

Retail mortgages

     6.4  

Residential development

     3.5  

Non-prime mortgages

     2.0  

Construction

     1.5  

Completed construction

     .9  

Cross-border leases

     .8  

Total loans

   $ 22.2  
(a) As of March 31.

 

This business segment was formed in the first quarter of 2009 and consists primarily of assets acquired with National City. The Distressed Assets Portfolio had earnings of $23 million for the first quarter of 2009. Earnings included net interest income of $364 million which was driven by accretion on impaired loans. The provision for credit losses was $259 million, which reflected further deterioration in credit quality during the quarter. Noninterest expense was $80 million for the quarter comprised primarily of costs associated with foreclosed assets and servicing costs.

Distressed Assets Portfolio overview:

   

The loan portfolio included residential real estate development loans, subprime residential mortgage loans, brokered home equity loans and certain other residential real estate loans and cross-border leases. The majority of the distressed loans were associated with acquisitions, including $20 billion related to National City at March 31, 2009.

   

Loans in this business segment require special servicing and management oversight given current market conditions. The business activities of this segment are primarily risk and asset management activities that are focused on maximizing value within a defined risk profile. Business intent drives the categorization of assets in this business segment. Not all impaired loans of PNC are included in this business segment, nor are 100% of the loans included in this business segment considered impaired.

   

As of March 31, 2009, $8.5 billion of loans were deemed impaired and nonperforming assets were $933 million.

   

Total loans were $22 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with $27 billion at January 1, 2009. The decline in loans during the first quarter was primarily due to net transfers to core portfolios and net paydowns.

The fair value marks that we took on a large portion of the assets in this business segment in the first quarter of 2009, along with our experienced team that is managing these assets, put us in a good position to evaluate government-supported programs and other opportunities to manage these assets. Because of our capital and liquidity positions, we have the flexibility to be patient, but would sell these assets if the terms or conditions were appropriate.


 

35


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND JUDGMENTS

Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report and in Part II, Item 8 of our 2008 Form 10-K describe the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate or subject to variations that may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

We must use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when financial assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices and/or other observable inputs provided by independent third-party sources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques utilizing assumptions such as credit quality, liquidity, interest rates and other relevant inputs. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We discuss the following critical accounting policies and judgments under this same heading in Item 7 of our 2008 Form 10-K:

   

Fair Value Measurements

   

Allowances For Loan And Lease Losses And Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters of Credit

   

Estimated Cash Flows on Impaired Loans

   

Goodwill

   

Lease Residuals

   

Revenue Recognition

   

Income Taxes

During the first quarter of 2009, we reassessed our critical accounting policies and judgments and added valuation of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights – In conjunction with the acquisition of National City, PNC acquired servicing rights for residential real estate loans. We have elected to measure these mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value. MSRs are established and valued using discounted cash flow modeling techniques which require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and numerous other factors.

 

PNC employs a risk management strategy designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates. MSR values are hedged with securities and a portfolio of derivatives, primarily interest-rate swaps, options, mortgage-backed forwards, and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value which are negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolio. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSR assets. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to hedge this risk requires significant management judgment to assess how mortgage rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be volatile in the short term, but over longer periods of time are expected to protect the economic value of the MSR portfolio.

The fair value of MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation model as of March 31, 2009 are shown in the table below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are the most significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses an internal proprietary model to estimate future loan prepayments. This model uses empirical data drawn from the historical performance of National City’s managed portfolio, as adjusted for current market conditions. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.

 

(Dollars in Millions)    March 31
2009
 

Fair value

   $ 1,052  

Weighted-average life (in years)

     2.50  

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     30.82 %

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates

     651  

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.


 

36


Table of Contents
(Dollars in Millions)    March 31
2009

Prepayment rate:

    

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 85

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 158

Spread over forward interest rate swap rates:

    

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 11

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 22

Additional information regarding these policies is found elsewhere in this Financial Review and in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

In addition, see Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements regarding our adoption in the first quarter 2009 of the following:

   

SFAS 141(R), “Business Combinations

   

SFAS 160, “Accounting and Reporting of Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51

   

SFAS 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

   

SFAS 163, “Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60”

   

FSP FAS 115-2, FAS 124-2, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

   

FSP FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly”

   

FSP FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions

   

FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets

   

FSP APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)”

   

FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities

STATUS OF QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (plan or pension plan) covering eligible employees. Benefits are derived from a cash balance formula based on compensation levels, age and length of service. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. Consistent with our investment strategy, plan assets are primarily invested in equity investments and fixed income instruments. Plan fiduciaries determine and review the plan’s

investment policy, which is described more fully in Note 15 Employee Benefit Plans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of our 2008 Form 10-K.

We calculate the expense associated with the pension plan in accordance with SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, and we use assumptions and methods that are compatible with the requirements of SFAS 87, including a policy of reflecting trust assets at their fair market value. On an annual basis, we review the actuarial assumptions related to the pension plan, including the discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the expected return on plan assets.

The discount rate and compensation increase assumptions do not significantly affect pension expense. However, the expected long-term return on assets assumption does significantly affect pension expense. The expected return on plan assets is a long-term assumption established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. While this analysis gives appropriate consideration to recent asset performance and historical returns, the assumption represents a long-term prospective return. We review this assumption at each measurement date and adjust it if warranted. The expected long-term return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension cost for 2009 is 8.25%, unchanged from 2008. Under current accounting rules, the difference between expected long-term returns and actual returns is accumulated and amortized to pension expense over future periods. Each one percentage point difference in actual return compared with our expected return causes expense in subsequent years to change by up to $7 million as the impact is amortized into results of operations.

The table below reflects the estimated effects on pension expense of certain changes in annual assumptions, using 2009 estimated expense as a baseline.

 

Change in Assumption   

Estimated
Increase to 2009
Pension
Expense

(In millions)

 

.5% decrease in discount rate

     (a )

.5% decrease in expected long-term return on assets

   $ 16  

.5% increase in compensation rate

   $ 2  
(a) De minimis.

We currently estimate a pretax pension expense of $124 million in 2009 compared with a pretax benefit of $32 million in 2008. The 2009 values and sensitivities shown above include the qualified defined benefit plan maintained by National City that we merged into the PNC plan as of December 31, 2008. The expected increase in pension cost is


 

37


Table of Contents

attributable not only to the National City acquisition, but also to the significant variance between 2008 actual investment returns and long-term expected returns.

Our pension plan contribution requirements are not particularly sensitive to actuarial assumptions. Investment performance has the most impact on contribution requirements and will drive the amount of permitted contributions in future years. Also, current law, including the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, sets limits as to both minimum and maximum contributions to the plan. We expect that the minimum required contributions under the law will be zero for 2009.

We maintain other defined benefit plans that have a less significant effect on financial results, including various nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees.

RISK MANAGEMENT

We encounter risks as part of the normal course of our business and we design risk management processes to help manage these risks. The Risk Management section included in Item 7 of our 2008 Form 10-K provides a general overview of the risk measurement, control strategies and monitoring aspects of our corporate-level risk management processes. Additionally, our 2008 Form 10-K provides an analysis of the risk management processes for what we view as our primary areas of risk: credit, operational, liquidity and market, as well as a discussion of our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process. The following updates our 2008 Form 10-K disclosures in the credit, liquidity, market, and financial derivatives areas.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks.

 

Nonperforming, Past Due And Potential Problem Assets

Credit quality deterioration continued during the first quarter of 2009 as expected, reflecting further economic weakening and resulting in net additions to loan loss reserves.

Nonperforming assets increased $1.3 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008. The increase resulted from recessionary conditions in the economy and reflected a $1.1 billion increase in commercial lending nonperforming assets and a $.2 billion increase in consumer lending nonperforming assets. The increase in nonperforming commercial loans was from service providers, manufacturing and real estate, including residential real estate development and commercial real estate exposure. The increase in nonperforming consumer loans was mainly due to residential mortgage loans. While nonperforming assets increased across all applicable business segments during the first quarter of 2009, the largest increases were $639 million in Corporate & Institutional Banking and $396 million in Distressed Assets Portfolio. Impaired loans, as defined under SOP 03-3, are excluded from nonperforming loans. Rather, these loans are deemed performing over their lives and, to the extent they become 90 days past due, would be included in the Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days or More table. Any decrease in expected cash flows of SOP 03-3 impaired loans would result in a charge to the provision for loan losses in the period in which the change becomes probable. Any increase in the expected cash flows of SOP 03-3 impaired loans would result in an increase to accretable yield for the remaining life of the impaired loans.

The allowance for loan and lease losses to commercial lending nonperforming loans remained relatively consistent from December 31, 2008 to March 31, 2009 at 34% and 32%, respectively. This is a result of approximately 65-70% of these nonperforming loans being deemed to be well collateralized. Additionally during the quarter, the allowance for loan and lease losses was reduced $83 million relating to additional loans deemed to be within the scope of SOP 03-3 as of December 31, 2008.

Nonperforming assets were 2.02% of total loans and foreclosed assets at March 31, 2009 compared with 1.23% at December 31, 2008. We remain focused on returning to a moderate risk profile.


 

38


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets By Type

 

In millions   

March 31

2009

  

Dec. 31

2008

Nonaccrual loans

       

Commercial

       

Retail/wholesale

   $ 149    $ 88

Manufacturing

     334      141

Other service providers

     224      114

Real estate related (a)

     226      151

Financial services

     58      23

Health care

     104      37

Other

     119      22

Total commercial

     1,214      576

Commercial real estate

       

Real estate projects

     1,012      659

Commercial mortgage

     200      107

Total commercial real estate

     1,212      766

Equipment lease financing

     121      97

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     2,547      1,439

Consumer

       

Home equity

     75      66

Other

     24      4

Total consumer

     99      70

Residential real estate

       

Residential mortgage

     299      139

Residential construction

     15      14

Total residential real estate

     314      153

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     413      223

Total nonaccrual loans

     2,960      1,662

Total nonperforming loans

     2,960      1,662

Foreclosed and other assets

       

Commercial lending

     41      34

Consumer lending

     465      469

Total foreclosed and other assets

     506      503

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 3,466    $ 2,165
(a) Includes loans related to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Change In Nonperforming Assets

 

In millions    2009     2008  

January 1

   $ 2,165     $ 495  

Transferred from accrual

     1,992       276  

Charge-offs and valuation adjustments

     (310 )     (88 )

Principal activity including payoffs

     (235 )     (46 )

Returned to performing

     (20 )     (20 )

Asset sales

     (126 )     (2 )

March 31

   $ 3,466     $ 615  

At March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, nonperforming assets included $1.518 billion and $722 million, respectively, related to National City. These amounts excluded those loans that we impaired in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. We recorded such loans at estimated fair value and considered them to be performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to

receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), when an accretable yield exists which will be recognized in interest income in future periods. The accretable yield represents the excess of the loans’ expected cash flows at the measurement date over their estimated fair value at their acquisition date. See Note 6 Loans Acquired in a Transfer in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information on those loans.

At March 31, 2009, our largest nonperforming asset was approximately $65 million and our average nonperforming loan associated with commercial lending was less than $1 million.

The amount of nonperforming loans that were current as to principal and interest was $1.1 billion at March 31, 2009 and $555 million at December 31, 2008.

Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days Or More- Summary (a)

 

    Amount   Percent of Total
Outstandings
 
Dollars in millions  

March 31

2009

 

Dec. 31

2008

  March 31
2009
   

Dec. 31

2008

 

Commercial

  $ 179   $ 104   .27 %   .15 %

Commercial real estate

    586     723   2.31     2.81  

Equipment lease financing

      2     .03  

Consumer

    326     419   .63     .80  

Residential real estate

    2,858     2,011   12.71     9.32  

Total

  $ 3,949   $ 3,259   2.30 %   1.86 %
(a) Includes impaired loans under SOP 03-3.

Loans that are not included in nonperforming or past due categories but cause us to be uncertain about the borrower’s ability to comply with existing repayment terms over the next six months totaled $1.7 billion at March 31, 2009 and $745 million at December 31, 2008.

Allowances For Loan And Lease Losses And Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters Of Credit

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to absorb losses from the loan portfolio. We determine the allowance based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. While we make allocations to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all loan and lease losses.

We increased the allowance for loan and lease losses to $4.3 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with $3.9 billion at December 31, 2008. The allowance as a percent of nonperforming loans was 145% and as a percent of total loans was 2.51% at March 31, 2009. The comparable percentages at December 31, 2008 were 236% and 2.23%.

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we maintain an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We report this allowance as a liability on our


 

39


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet. We determine this amount using estimates of the probability of the ultimate funding and losses related to those credit exposures. This methodology is similar to the one we use for determining the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses.

We refer you to Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 6 Loans Acquired in a Transfer in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report regarding changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses and in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit for additional information which is incorporated herein by reference.

We do not expect credit costs to abate in the second quarter of 2009 but believe that the rate of change will begin to slow.

Charge-Offs And Recoveries

 

Three months ended

March 31

Dollars in millions

  Charge-
offs
  Recoveries   Net
Charge-
offs
  Percent
of
Average
Loans
 

2009

         

Commercial

  $ 208   $ 16   $ 192   1.16 %

Commercial real estate

    107     5     102   1.61  

Equipment lease financing

    23     5     18   1.14  

Consumer

    126     27     99   .76  

Residential real estate

    48     28     20   .37  

Total

  $ 512   $ 81   $ 431   1.01 %

2008

         

Commercial

  $ 70   $ 8   $ 62   .84 %

Commercial real estate

    11       11   .49  

Equipment lease financing

    1       1   .16  

Consumer

    28     4     24   .51  

Total

  $ 110   $ 12   $ 98   .57  

We establish reserves to provide coverage for probable losses not considered in the specific, pool and consumer reserve methodologies, such as, but not limited to, the following:

   

industry concentrations and conditions,

   

credit quality trends,

   

recent loss experience in particular sectors of the portfolio,

   

ability and depth of lending management,

   

changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

timing of available information.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

From a credit risk management perspective, we buy and sell credit loss protection via the use of credit derivatives. When we buy loss protection by purchasing a credit default swap (CDS), we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs for a particular obligor or reference entity. We purchase CDSs to mitigate the risk of economic loss on a portion of our loan exposures.

 

We also sell loss protection to mitigate the net premium cost and the impact of fair value accounting on the CDS in cases where we buy protection to hedge the loan portfolio and for trading purposes. These activities represent additional risk positions rather than hedges of risk.

We approve counterparty credit lines for all of our trading activities, including CDSs. Counterparty credit lines are approved based on a review of credit quality in accordance with our traditional credit quality standards and credit policies. The credit risk of our counterparties is monitored in the normal course of business. In addition, all counterparty credit lines are subject to collateral thresholds and exposures above these thresholds are secured.

Credit default swaps are included in the Free-Standing Derivatives table in the Financial Derivatives section of this Risk Management discussion. Net losses from credit default swaps for proprietary trading positions, reflected in other noninterest income in our Consolidated Income Statement, totaled $11 million for the first quarter of 2009 compared with net gains of $27 million for the first quarter of 2008.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. We manage liquidity risk to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances.

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the deposit base that comes from our retail and corporate and institutional banking activities. Other borrowed funds come from a diverse mix of short and long-term funding sources. Liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to maintain our liquidity position.

Liquid assets consist of short-term investments (federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities, interest-earning deposits with banks, and other short-term investments) and securities available for sale. At March 31, 2009, our liquid assets totaled $60.9 billion, with $21.0 billion pledged as collateral for borrowings, trust, and other commitments.

Bank Level Liquidity

PNC Bank, N.A. and National City Bank can borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland’s (Federal Reserve Bank) discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. These borrowings are secured by securities and commercial loans. PNC Bank, N.A. is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)-Pittsburgh and as such has access to advances from FHLB-Pittsburgh secured generally by residential mortgage and other mortgage-related loans. At March 31, 2009, we maintained significant unused borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve Bank discount window and FHLB-Pittsburgh under current collateral requirements. In


 

40


Table of Contents

addition, National City Bank is a member of FHLB – Cincinnati.

Information regarding amounts pledged, for the ability to borrow if necessary, and borrowings related to the Federal Reserve Bank, FHLB – Pittsburgh and FHLB – Cincinnati are as follows:

 

In billions    March 31
2009
    Dec. 31
2008

Pledged to Federal Reserve Bank

      

Loans

   $ 31.4     $ 32.9

Securities

   $ 11.2     $ 11.0

Combined collateral value

   $ 34.0     $ 35.4
 

Pledged to FHLB-Pittsburgh

      

Loans

   $ 26.8     $ 27.1

Securities

   $ 4.9     $ 5.3

Combined collateral value

   $ 16.4     $ 16.7
 

Pledged to FHLB-Cincinnati

      

Loans

   $ 19.0     $ 22.3

Securities

   $ 1.1     $ 1.1

Combined collateral value

   $ 5.8 (a)   $ 6.5
 

Outstanding borrowings

      

Federal Reserve Bank

     —       $ 2.0

FHLB-Pittsburgh

   $ 8.8     $ 8.8

FHLB-Cincinnati

   $ 5.9 (a)   $ 6.5

Total

   $ 14.7     $ 17.3
 

Unused borrowing capacity

      

Federal Reserve Bank

   $ 34.0     $ 33.4

FHLB-Pittsburgh

   $ 7.6     $ 7.9

FHLB-Cincinnati

     —         —  

Total

   $ 41.6     $ 41.3
(a) The combined collateral value of amounts pledged to FHLB-Cincinnati was less than the outstanding borrowings due to changes in related collateral requirements which were not yet effective for PNC.

Total FHLB borrowings were $17.0 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with $18.1 billion at December 31, 2008.

We can also obtain funding through traditional forms of borrowing, including federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, and short and long-term debt issuances. PNC Bank, N.A. has the ability to offer up to $20 billion in senior and subordinated unsecured debt obligations with maturities of more than nine months. Through March 31, 2009, PNC Bank, N.A. had issued $6.9 billion of debt under this program.

PNC Bank, N.A. also has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of its commercial paper. As of March 31, 2009, $25 million of commercial paper was outstanding under this program.

As of March 31, 2009, there were $3.6 billion of PNC Bank, N.A. and $6.1 billion of National City Bank short- and long- term debt issuances, including commercial paper, with maturities of less than one year.

 

Parent Company Liquidity

Our parent company’s routine funding needs consist primarily of dividends to PNC shareholders, share repurchases, debt service, the funding of non-bank affiliates, and acquisitions.

See the Funding and Capital Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Report regarding certain restrictions on dividends and common share repurchases related to PNC’s participation in the US Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program.

Parent company liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to meet these requirements over the succeeding 12-month period. In managing parent company liquidity we consider funding sources, such as expected dividends to be received from our subsidiaries and potential debt issuance, and discretionary funding uses, the most significant of which is the external dividend to be paid on PNC’s stock. In April 2009, the PNC board of directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of 10 cents per share reflecting a reduction from 66 cents per share in the previous quarter. The board’s decision, which was based on consideration of extreme economic and market deterioration and the changing regulatory environment, is expected to enhance PNC’s common equity and cash positions by $1 billion annually, resulting in approximately 40 basis points annual improvement to capital ratios. Our plans to increase common shareholders’ equity as a result of the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program do not contemplate further reductions in our common stock dividends.

The principal source of parent company cash flow is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary banks, which may be impacted by the following:

   

Capital needs,

   

Laws and regulations,

   

Corporate policies,

   

Contractual restrictions, and

   

Other factors.

Also, there are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. See Note 23 Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2008 Form 10-K for a further discussion of these limitations. Dividends may also be impacted by the bank’s capital needs and by contractual restrictions. We provide additional information on certain contractual restrictions under the “Perpetual Trust Securities,” “PNC Capital Trust E Trust Preferred Securities,” and “Acquired Entity Trust Preferred Securities” sections of the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities section of this Financial Review. The amount available for dividend payments to the parent company by PNC Bank, N.A. without prior regulatory approval was approximately $173 million at March 31, 2009. National City Bank had $152 million of statutory dividend


 

41


Table of Contents

capacity as of March 31, 2009. However, National City Bank may currently pay a dividend only with prior regulatory approval.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, N.A., other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and short-term investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. As of March 31, 2009, the parent company had approximately $3.3 billion in funds available from its cash and short-term investments.

We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of securities in public or private markets.

In March 2009, PNC Funding Corp issued $1.0 billion of floating rate senior notes due April 2012 under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program-Debt Guarantee Program. Interest will be reset quarterly to 3-month LIBOR plus 20 basis points and interest will be paid quarterly. These senior notes are guaranteed by the parent company and by the FDIC and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States through June 30, 2012.

See the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review and Note 19 Shareholders’ Equity in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of the 2008 Form 10-K for information regarding PNC’s December 31, 2008 issuance of $7.6 billion of preferred stock and related common stock warrant to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

PNC Funding Corp has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of commercial paper to provide the parent company with additional liquidity. As of March 31, 2009, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

We have effective shelf registration statements which enable us to issue additional debt and equity securities, including certain hybrid capital instruments. As of March 31, 2009, there were $1.6 billion of parent company contractual obligations, including commercial paper, with maturities of less than one year.

Status of Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of short- and long-term funding, as well as collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments, is influenced by debt ratings. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

On May 5, 2009, Standard and Poor’s placed PNC on “CreditWatch Negative” as part of an ongoing industrywide review the agency is conducting on the financial services sector. S&P is concerned about increasing credit quality deterioration and declining earnings across the industry and the impact that may have on the capital positions of financial firms.

 

In March 2009, Moody’s placed the Bank Financial Strength Ratings (BFSR) of PNC under review for possible downgrade. However, the deposit and debt ratings were affirmed with a negative outlook. These actions reflected Moody’s view that the current housing and economic crisis will lead to significantly higher credit losses than previously anticipated.

In February 2009, S&P lowered its ratings on certain preferred and hybrid capital issues of PNC and its banking subsidiaries by one rating level.

In January 2009, S&P lowered its long-term counterparty credit rating on PNC to A from A+ and affirmed the short-term counterparty credit rating of A-1. They also lowered the counterparty credit ratings on PNC’s banking units to A+/A-1 from AA/A-1. At the same time, S&P raised the counterparty credit ratings on the banking units of National City to align with those of PNC’s banking subsidiaries. These actions were in response to PNC’s acquisition of National City and S&P’s concerns regarding the size of the transaction, exposure to residential real estate in the Midwest and Florida, and the significant challenges of the current economic environment.

Commitments

The following tables set forth contractual obligations and various other commitments representing required and potential cash outflows as of March 31, 2009.

Contractual Obligations

 

March 31, 2009 – in millions    Total

Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits

   $ 69,203

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     16,985

Other borrowed funds

     31,474

Minimum annual rentals on noncancellable leases

     2,672

Nonqualified pension and postretirement benefits

     567

Purchase obligations (a)

     965

Captive insurance

     2,073

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 123,939
(a) Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

Other Commitments (a)

 

March 31, 2009 – in millions   

Total

Amounts
Committed

Other unfunded loan commitments

   $ 61,114

Home equity lines of credit

     22,416

Consumer credit card lines

     19,291

Standby letters of credit (b)

     10,314

Other commitments (c)

     1,365

Total commitments

   $ 114,500
(a) Other commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events. Loan commitments are reported net of participations, assignments and syndications.

 

42


Table of Contents
(b) Includes $4.8 billion of standby letters of credit that support remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes.
(c) Includes unfunded commitments related to private equity investments of $516 million and other investments of $159 million which are not on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Also includes commitments related to tax credit investments of $658 million and other direct equity investments of $32 million which are included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – INTEREST RATE RISK

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Asset and Liability Management centrally manages interest rate risk within limits and guidelines set forth in our risk management policies approved by the Asset and Liability Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the first quarters of 2009 and 2008 follow:

Interest Sensitivity Analysis

 

     

First

Quarter
2009

   

First

Quarter
2008

 

Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation

      

Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over following 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

   1.1 %   (2.6 )%

100 basis point decrease

   (1.1 )%   2.5 %

Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

   2.7 %   (5.2 )%

100 basis point decrease

   (4.2 )%   2.0 %

Duration of Equity Model

      

Base case duration of equity (in years):

   NM (a)   2.2  

Key Period-End Interest Rates

      

One month LIBOR

   .50 %   2.70 %

Three-year swap

   1.68 %   2.73 %
(a) NM = not meaningful. Given the inherent limitations in certain of these measurement tools and techniques, results become less meaningful as interest rates approach zero.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we

routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. The following Net Interest Income Sensitivity To Alternative Rate Scenarios table reflects the percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) the PNC Economist’s most likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates, and (iii) a Two-Ten Inversion (a 200 basis point inversion between two-year and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity To Alternative Rate Scenarios (First Quarter 2009)

 

      PNC
Economist
    Market
Forward
    Two-Ten
Inversion
 

First year sensitivity

   .5 %   (.3 )%   (.2 )%

Second year sensitivity

   1.7 %   1.2 %   (1.1 )%

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business, and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other interest rate scenarios presented in the following table. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at market rates.

The graph below presents the yield curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward.

LOGO

The results of the first quarter 2009 interest sensitivity analyses reflect our current best estimates of the impact of integrating National City’s balance sheet, including the preliminary effects of purchase accounting, balance sheet repositioning, and deposit pricing strategies. Going forward as these estimates and strategies are finalized or revised, the results of our analyses may change.

The first quarter 2009 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from


 

43


Table of Contents

an increase in interest rates. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – TRADING RISK

Our trading activities include customer-driven trading in fixed income securities, equities, derivatives, and foreign exchange contracts. They also include the underwriting of fixed income and equity securities and proprietary trading.

We use value-at-risk (VaR) as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in trading activities. The Risk Committee of the Board establishes an enterprise-wide VaR limit on our trading activities.

During the first three months of 2009, our VaR ranged between $5.8 million and $7.9 million, averaging $6.6 million. During the first three months of 2008, our VaR ranged between $9.4 million and $13.8 million, averaging $11.7 million.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of trading-related gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Under typical market conditions, we would expect an average of two to three instances a year in which actual losses exceeded the prior day VaR measure at the enterprise-wide level. There were no such instances during the first quarter of 2009 compared with five such instances in the first quarter of 2008.

The following graph shows a comparison of enterprise-wide trading-related gains and losses against prior day VaR for the period.

LOGO

Total trading revenue for the first three months of 2009 and 2008 follows:

 

Three months ended March 31

In millions

   2009 (a)     2008  

Net interest income

   $ 19     $ 16  

Noninterest income

     (11 )     (76 )

Total trading revenue

   $ 8     $ (60 )

Securities underwriting and trading (b)

   $ 11     $ (9 )

Foreign exchange

     20       16  

Financial derivatives

     (23 )     (67 )

Total trading revenue

   $ 8     $ (60 )
(a) Includes the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(b) Includes changes in fair value for certain loans accounted for at fair value.

Trading losses for the first quarter of 2008 were primarily related to our proprietary trading activities and reflected the negative impact of a very illiquid market on the assets that we held during that quarter. Our 2008 Form 10-K outlines steps we took during 2008 to reduce our proprietary trading positions.

Average trading assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

Three months ended March 31

In millions

   2009 (a)    2008

Assets

       

Securities (b)

   $ 1,117    $ 3,872

Resale agreements (c)

     1,315      2,129

Financial derivatives (d)

     5,404      2,808

Loans at fair value (d)

     31      114

Total assets

   $ 7,867    $ 8,923

Liabilities

       

Securities sold short (e)

   $ 396    $ 2,127

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings (f)

     888      661

Financial derivatives (g)

     4,759      2,856

Borrowings at fair value (g)

     4      30

Total liabilities

   $ 6,047    $ 5,674
(a) Includes the impact of National City, which we acquired on December 31, 2008.
(b) Included in Interest-earning assets-Other and Noninterest-earning assets-Other on the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis.
(c) Included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements.
(d) Included in Noninterest-earning assets-Other.
(e) Included in Other borrowed funds.
(f) Included in Repurchase agreements and Other borrowed funds.
(g) Included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT – EQUITY AND OTHER INVESTMENT RISK

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets.


 

44


Table of Contents

BlackRock

PNC owns approximately 40 million shares of BlackRock common stock, accounted for under the equity method. Our total investment in BlackRock was $4.0 billion at March 31, 2009 compared with $4.2 billion at December 31, 2008. The market value of our investment in BlackRock was $5.2 billion at March 31, 2009. The primary risk measurement, similar to other equity investments, is economic capital.

The discussion of BlackRock within the Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes information about changes in our ownership structure of BlackRock in the first quarter of 2009.

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are limited partnerships that sponsor tax credit investments. These investments, consisting of partnerships as well as equity investments held by consolidated partnerships, totaled $2.2 billion at March 31, 2009 and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2008. Investments accounted for under the equity method totaled $1.7 billion while investments accounted for under the cost method totaled $554 million at March 31, 2009. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2008 were $1.7 billion and $648 million.

Visa

At March 31, 2009, our remaining investment in Visa Class B common shares totaled approximately 23.3 million shares. Considering the adjustment to the conversion ratio due to settled litigation reported by Visa, these shares would convert to approximately 14.6 million of the publicly traded Visa Class A common shares. As of March 31, 2009, we had recognized $456 million of our Visa ownership, which we acquired with National City, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Based on the March 31, 2009 closing price of $55.60 for the Visa shares, our remaining unrecognized investment had a pretax value of approximately $112 million at that date. The Visa Class B common shares we own generally will not be transferable until they can be converted into shares of the publicly traded class of stock, which cannot happen until the later of three years after the IPO or settlement of all of the specified litigation. It is expected that Visa will continue to adjust the conversion ratio of Visa Class B to Class A shares in connection with settlements in excess of any amounts then in escrow for that purpose and will also reduce the conversion ratio to the extent that it adds any funds to the escrow in the future. Note 25 Commitments and Guarantees in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2008 Form 10-K has further information on our Visa indemnification obligation.

Private Equity

The private equity portfolio is comprised of equity and mezzanine investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. At March 31, 2009, private equity investments

carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.1 billion compared with $1.2 billion at December 31, 2008. As of March 31, 2009, $583 million was invested directly in a variety of companies and $547 million was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. Included in direct investments are investment activities of two private equity funds that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The noncontrolling interests of these funds totaled $130 million as of March 31, 2009. Our unfunded commitments related to private equity totaled $516 million at March 31, 2009 compared with $540 million at December 31, 2008.

Other Investments

We also make investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. The economic values could be driven by either the fixed-income market or the equity markets, or both. At March 31, 2009, other investments totaled $865 million compared with $853 million at December 31, 2008. We recognized net losses related to these investments of $69 million during the first quarter of 2009. Given the nature of these investments and if current market conditions affecting their valuation were to continue or worsen, we could incur future losses.

Our unfunded commitments related to other investments totaled $159 million at March 31, 2009 and $178 million at December 31, 2008.

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage interest rate, market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Substantially all such instruments are used to manage risk related to changes in interest rates. Interest rate and total return swaps, interest rate caps and floors and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. For interest rate swaps and total return swaps, options and futures contracts, only periodic cash payments and, with respect to options, premiums are exchanged. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments. Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 13 Financial Derivatives in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

Not all elements of interest rate, market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial or other derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market characteristics, among other reasons.


 

45


Table of Contents

The following tables provide the notional or contractual amounts and estimated net fair value of financial derivatives used for risk management and designated as accounting hedges as well as free-standing derivatives at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Weighted-average interest rates presented are based on contractual terms, if fixed, or the implied forward yield curve at each respective date, if floating.

Financial Derivatives – 2009

 

March 31, 2009 – dollars in millions

 

Notional/

Contractual

Amount

  Estimated
Net Fair
Value
   

Weighted-

Average

Maturity

  Weighted-Average
Interest Rates
 
        Paid     Received  

Accounting Hedges

           

Interest rate risk management

           

Asset rate conversion

           

Interest rate swaps (a)

           

Receive fixed

  $ 12,397   $ 524     3 yrs. 11 mos.   2.43 %   3.86 %

Forward purchase commitments

    1,200     14     NM   NM     NM  

Liability rate conversion

           

Interest rate swaps (a)

           

Receive fixed

    13,651     1,206     3 yrs. 10 mos.   2.69 %   4.20 %

Total interest rate risk management

    27,248     1,744          

Total accounting hedges (b)

  $ 27,248   $ 1,744                  

Free-Standing Derivatives

           

Customer-related

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps (c)

  $ 93,894   $ (170 )   4 yrs. 11mos.   3.21 %   3.21 %

Caps/floors

           

Sold

    3,778     (12 )   4 yrs. 2 mos.   NM     NM  

Purchased

    2,741     17     2 yrs. 8 mos.   NM     NM  

Swaptions

    3,059     133     13 yrs.   NM     NM  

Futures

    7,225     1 yr. 1 mo.   NM     NM  

Foreign exchange contracts

    6,596     7     5 mos.   NM     NM  

Equity contracts (c)

    664     (6 )   1 yr. 2 mos.   NM     NM  

Total customer-related

    117,957     (31 )        

Various instruments used to hedge residential mortgage servicing rights

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps (c)

    22,768     309     5 yrs. 9 mos.   3.08 %   3.37 %

Caps/floors

           

Purchased

    3,500     4     2 yrs. 4 mos.   NM     NM  

Futures

    22,203     2 yrs. 2 mos.   NM     NM  

Swaptions

    3,550     (141 )   5 mos.   NM     NM  

Commitments related to mortgage-related assets (c)

    2,500     (2 )   1 mo.   NM     NM  

Other

    500     19     2 mos.   NM     NM  

Total residential mortgage servicing rights

    55,021     189          

Other risk management and proprietary

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps

    8,153     (194 )   5 yrs. 11 mos.   3.07 %   2.81 %

Caps/floors

           

Sold

    499     5 yrs. 9 mos.   NM     NM  

Purchased

    1,430     5     1 yr.   NM     NM  

Future options

    3,000     1     8 mos.   NM     NM  

Swaptions (c)

    251     13     10 yrs. 9 mos.   NM     NM  

Futures

    2,040     2 yrs. 2 mos.   NM     NM  

Commitments related to mortgage-related assets

    26,657     37     1 mo.   NM     NM  

Foreign exchange contracts

    1,771     13     2 yrs. 8 mos.   NM     NM  

Credit contracts

           

Credit default swaps

    2,700     188     12 yrs. 8 mos.   NM     NM  

Risk participation agreements

    3,683     3 yrs.   NM     NM  

Other contracts (c) (d)

    211     (61 )   NM   NM     NM  

Total other risk management and proprietary

    50,395     2          

Total free-standing derivatives

  $ 223,373   $ 160                  
(a) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on money-market indices. As a percent of notional amount, 54% were based on 1-month LIBOR and 46% on 3-month LIBOR.
(b) Fair value amount includes net accrued interest receivable of $206 million.
(c) The increases in the negative fair values from December 31, 2008 to March 31, 2009 for interest rate contracts, foreign exchange and commitments related to mortgage-related assets were due to the changes in fair values of the existing contracts along with new contracts entered into during 2009.
(d) Relates to PNC’s obligation to help fund certain BlackRock LTIP programs.

NM Not meaningful

 

46


Table of Contents

Financial Derivatives – 2008

 

December 31, 2008 – dollars in millions   Notional/
Contractual
Amount
  Estimated
Net Fair
Value
    Weighted
Average
Maturity
  Weighted-Average
Interest Rates
 
        Paid     Received  

Accounting Hedges

           

Interest rate risk management

           

Asset rate conversion

           

Interest rate swaps (a)
Receive fixed

  $ 5,618   $ 527     3 yrs.   2.18 %   4.76 %

Liability rate conversion

           

Interest rate swaps (a)
Receive fixed

    9,888     888     3 yrs. 7 mos.   2.27 %   4.73 %

Total interest rate risk management

    15,506     1,415          

Total accounting hedges (b)

  $ 15,506   $ 1,415                  

Free-Standing Derivatives

           

Customer-related

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps

  $ 97,337   $ (162 )   4 yrs. 9 mos.   3.08 %   3.07 %

Caps/floors

           

Sold

    3,976     (13 )   4 yrs. 4 mos.   NM     NM  

Purchased

    2,647     22     2 yrs. 10 mos.   NM     NM  

Swaptions

    3,058     160     13 yrs. 2 mos.   NM     NM  

Futures

    8,839     1 yr. 1 mo.   NM     NM  

Foreign exchange contracts

    8,877     (3 )   5 mos.   NM     NM  

Equity contracts

    1,023     (4 )   1 yr.   NM     NM  

Total customer-related

    125,757     —            

Various instruments used to hedge residential mortgage servicing rights

           

Interest rate

           

Swaps

    20,930     373     5 yrs. 7 mos.   3.01 %   3.10 %

Caps/floors

           

Purchased

    6,500     18     1 yr. 6 mos.   NM     NM  

Futures

    4,000     1 yr. 2 mos.   NM     NM  

Futures Options

    6,000     (29 )   6 mos.   NM     NM  

Swaptions

    12,600     (274 )   5 mos.   NM     NM  

Commitments related to mortgage-related assets

    2,950     21     1 mo.   NM     NM  

Total residential mortgage servicing rights

    52,980     109          

Other risk management and proprietary

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Swaps

    24,432     656     2 yrs. 11 mos.   3.93 %   2.70 %

Caps/floors

           

Sold

    624     (1 )   1 yr. 1 mo.   NM     NM  

Purchased

    740     3     1 yrs. 9 mos.   NM     NM  

Swaptions

    276     17     10 yrs. 11 mos.   NM     NM  

Futures

    8,359     8 mos.   NM     NM  

Commitments related to mortgage-related assets

    18,283     (13 )   1 mo.   NM     NM  

Foreign exchange contracts

    144     11     3 yrs. 4 mos.   NM     NM  

Credit contracts

           

Credit default swaps

    2,937     205     13 yrs. 8 mos.   NM     NM  

Risk participation agreements

    3,290     3 yrs. 1 mo.   NM     NM  

Other contracts (c)

    438     44     NM   NM     NM  

Total other risk management and proprietary

    59,523     922          

Total free-standing derivatives

  $ 238,260   $ 1,031                  
(a) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on money-market indices. As a percent of notional amount, 55% were based on 1-month LIBOR and 45% on 3-month LIBOR.
(b) Fair value amount includes net accrued interest receivable of $147 million.
(c) Relates to PNC’s obligation to help fund certain BlackRock LTIP programs.

NM Not meaningful

 

47


Table of Contents

INTERNAL CONTROLS AND DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of March 31, 2009, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on that evaluation, our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2009, and that there has been no change in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the first quarter of 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

At March 31, 2009, the businesses formerly operated by National City were operating under pre-acquisition systems of internal control over financial reporting. As part of our ongoing internal control process we have been and will continue to evaluate and implement changes to processes, information technology systems and other components of internal control over financial reporting related to the acquired businesses.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Accounting/administration net fund assets – Net domestic and foreign fund investment assets for which we provide accounting and administration services. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Adjusted average total assets – Primarily comprised of total average quarterly (or annual) assets plus (less) unrealized losses (gains) on investment securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes).

Annualized – Adjusted to reflect a full year of activity.

Assets under management – Assets over which we have sole or shared investment authority for our customers/clients. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Basis point – One hundredth of a percentage point.

Charge-off – Process of removing a loan or portion of a loan from our balance sheet because it is considered uncollectible. We also record a charge-off when a loan is transferred to held for sale by reducing the carrying amount by the allowance for loan losses associated with such loan or, if the market value is less than its carrying amount, by the amount of that difference.

 

Common shareholders’ equity to total assets – Common shareholders’ equity divided by total assets. Common shareholders’ equity equals total shareholders' equity less the liquidation value of preferred stock.

Credit derivatives – Contractual agreements, primarily credit default swaps, that provide protection against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event.

Credit spread – The difference in yield between debt issues of similar maturity. The excess of yield attributable to credit spread is often used as a measure of relative creditworthiness, with a reduction in the credit spread reflecting an improvement in the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

Custody assets – Investment assets held on behalf of clients under safekeeping arrangements. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Investment assets held in custody at other institutions on our behalf are included in the appropriate asset categories on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as if physically held by us.

Derivatives – Financial contracts whose value is derived from publicly traded securities, interest rates, currency exchange rates or market indices. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including forward contracts, futures, options and swaps.

Duration of equity – An estimate of the rate sensitivity of our economic value of equity. A negative duration of equity is associated with asset sensitivity (i.e., positioned for rising interest rates), while a positive value implies liability sensitivity (i.e., positioned for declining interest rates). For example, if the duration of equity is +1.5 years, the economic value of equity declines by 1.5% for each 100 basis point increase in interest rates.

Earning assets – Assets that generate income, which include: federal funds sold; resale agreements; trading securities; interest-earning deposits with banks; other short-term investments; loans held for sale; loans; investment securities; and certain other assets.

Economic capital – Represents the amount of resources that a business segment should hold to guard against potentially large losses that could cause insolvency. It is based on a measurement of economic risk, as opposed to risk as defined by regulatory bodies. The economic capital measurement process involves converting a risk distribution to the capital that is required to support the risk, consistent with our target credit rating. As such, economic risk serves as a “common currency” of risk that allows us to compare different risks on a similar basis.


 

48


Table of Contents

Effective duration – A measurement, expressed in years, that, when multiplied by a change in interest rates, would approximate the percentage change in value of on- and off- balance sheet positions.

Efficiency – Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (GAAP basis) and noninterest income.

Fair value – The price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date using the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants.

Foreign exchange contracts – Contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Funds transfer pricing – A management accounting methodology designed to recognize the net interest income effects of sources and uses of funds provided by the assets and liabilities of a business segment. We assign these balances LIBOR-based funding rates at origination that represent the interest cost for us to raise/invest funds with similar maturity and repricing structures.

Futures and forward contracts – Contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase and the seller agrees to deliver a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. May be settled either in cash or by delivery of the underlying financial instrument.

GAAP – Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Impaired (SOP 03-3) loans – Acquired loans determined to be credit impaired under AICPA Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. Loans are determined to be impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected.

Interest rate floors and caps – Interest rate protection instruments that involve payment from the protection seller to the protection buyer of an interest differential, which represents the difference between a short-term rate (e.g., three-month LIBOR) and an agreed-upon rate (the strike rate) applied to a notional principal amount.

Interest rate swap contracts – Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

 

Intrinsic value – The amount by which the fair value of an underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of an option on that stock.

Investment securities – Collectively, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

Leverage ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by adjusted average total assets.

LIBOR – Acronym for London InterBank Offered Rate. LIBOR is the average interest rate charged when banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market) borrow unsecured funds from each other. LIBOR rates are used as a benchmark for interest rates on a global basis.

Net interest income from loans and deposits – A management accounting assessment, using funds transfer pricing methodology, of the net interest contribution from loans and deposits.

Net interest margin – Annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

Nondiscretionary assets under administration – Assets we hold for our customers/clients in a non-discretionary, custodial capacity. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Noninterest income to total revenue – Noninterest income divided by the sum of net interest income (GAAP basis) and noninterest income.

Nonperforming assets – Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans, foreclosed assets and other assets. We do not accrue interest income on assets classified as nonperforming.

Nonperforming loans – Nonperforming loans include loans to commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, consumer, and residential mortgage customers and construction customers as well as troubled debt restructured loans. Nonperforming loans do not include loans held for sale or foreclosed and other assets. We do not accrue interest income on loans classified as nonperforming.

Notional amount – A number of currency units, shares, or other units specified in a derivatives contract.

Operating leverage – The period to period dollar or percentage change in total revenue (GAAP basis) less the dollar or percentage change in noninterest expense. A positive variance indicates that revenue growth exceeded expense growth (i.e., positive operating leverage) while a negative variance implies expense growth exceeded revenue growth (i.e., negative operating leverage).


 

49


Table of Contents

Options – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Other-than-temporary impairment – When the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis, an assessment is performed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. If we intend to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. In such cases, an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Further, if we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. However, if we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely that we will be required to sell the security before its recovery, the other-than-temporary loss is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss, and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses is recognized in earnings while the amount related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Pre-tax pre-provision earnings – Total revenue less noninterest expense.

Recovery – Cash proceeds received on a loan that we had previously charged off. We credit the amount received to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Residential development loans – Project-specific loans to commercial customers for the construction or development of residential real estate including land, single family homes, condominiums and other residential properties. This would exclude loans to commercial customers where proceeds are for general corporate purposes whether or not such facilities are secured.

Residential mortgage servicing rights hedge gains / (losses), net – We have elected to measure acquired residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value under SFAS 159. We employ a risk management strategy designed to protect the economic value of MSRs from changes in interest rates. This strategy utilizes securities and a portfolio of derivative instruments to hedge changes in the fair value of MSRs arising from changes in interest rates. These financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value which are negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the MSR portfolio. Net MSR hedge gains/(losses) represent the change in the fair value of MSRs, exclusive of changes due to time decay and payoffs, combined with the change in the fair value of the associated derivative instruments.

 

Return on average assets – Annualized net income divided by average assets.

Return on average capital – Annualized net income divided by average capital.

Return on average common shareholders’ equity – Annualized net income less preferred stock dividends divided by average common shareholders’ equity.

Risk-weighted assets – Primarily computed by the assignment of specific risk-weights (as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) to assets and off-balance sheet instruments.

Securitization – The process of legally transforming financial assets into securities.

Servicing rights – An intangible asset or liability created by an obligation to service assets for others. Typical servicing rights include the right to receive a fee for collecting and forwarding payments on loans and related taxes and insurance premiums held in escrow.

Swaptions – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap agreement during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Taxable-equivalent interest – The interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on other taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Tier 1 common capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital, less preferred equity, less trust preferred capital securities, and less noncontrolling interests.

Tier 1 common capital ratio – Tier 1 common capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Tier 1 risk-based capital – Total shareholders’ equity, plus trust preferred capital securities, plus certain noncontrolling interests that are held by others; less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes relating to taxable and nontaxable combinations), less equity investments in nonfinancial companies less ineligible servicing assets and less net unrealized holding losses on available for sale equity securities. Net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities, net unrealized


 

50


Table of Contents

holding gains (losses) on available for sale debt securities and net unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives are excluded from total shareholders’ equity for Tier 1 risk-based capital purposes.

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Total equity – Total shareholders’ equity less noncontrolling interests.

Total fund assets serviced – Total domestic and offshore fund investment assets for which we provide related processing services. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Total return swap – A non-traditional swap where one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset (e.g., a loan), usually in return for receiving a stream of LIBOR-based cash flows. The total returns of the asset, including interest and any default shortfall, are passed through to the counterparty. The counterparty is therefore assuming the credit and economic risk of the underlying asset.

Total risk-based capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital plus qualifying subordinated debt and trust preferred securities, other noncontrolling interest not qualified as Tier 1, eligible gains on available for sale equity securities and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations.

Total risk-based capital ratio – Total risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Transaction deposits – The sum of money market and interest-bearing demand deposits and demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits.

Value-at-risk (VaR) – A statistically-based measure of risk which describes the amount of potential loss which may be incurred due to severe and adverse market movements. The measure is of the maximum loss which should not be exceeded on 99 out of 100 days.

Watchlist – A list of criticized loans, credit exposure or other assets compiled for internal monitoring purposes. We define criticized exposure for this purpose as exposure with an internal risk rating of other assets especially mentioned, substandard, doubtful or loss.

Yield curve – A graph showing the relationship between the yields on financial instruments or market indices of the same credit quality with different maturities. For example, a “normal” or “positive” yield curve exists when long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds. A “flat” yield curve exists when yields are the same for short-term and long-term bonds. A “steep” yield curve exists when yields on long-term bonds are significantly higher than on short-term bonds. An “inverted” or “negative” yield curve exists when short-term bonds have higher yields than long-term bonds.

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality and/or other matters regarding or affecting PNC that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “will,” “ project” and other similar words and expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those that we anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from our historical performance.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties. We provide greater detail regarding some of these factors in our 2008 Form 10-K and elsewhere in this Report, including in the Risk Factors and Risk Management sections of these reports. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

   

Our businesses and financial results are affected by business and economic conditions, both generally and specifically in the principal markets in which we operate. In particular, our businesses and financial results may be impacted by:

   

Changes in interest rates and valuations in the debt, equity and other financial markets.

   

Disruptions in the liquidity and other functioning of financial markets, including such disruptions in the markets for real estate and other assets commonly securing financial products.

   

Actions by the Federal Reserve and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates.

   

Changes in our customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance in general and their creditworthiness in particular.

   

Changes in customer preferences and behavior, whether as a result of changing business and economic conditions or other factors.

   

A continuation of recent turbulence in significant portions of the US and global financial markets, particularly if it worsens, could impact our


 

51


Table of Contents
 

performance, both directly by affecting our revenues and the value of our assets and liabilities and indirectly by affecting our counterparties and the economy generally.

   

Our business and financial performance could be impacted as the financial industry restructures in the current environment, both by changes in the creditworthiness and performance of our counterparties and by changes in the competitive landscape.

   

Given current economic and financial market conditions, our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that these conditions will be substantially different than we are currently expecting. These statements are based on our current expectations that interest rates will remain low through 2009 with continued wide market credit spreads, and our view that national economic trends currently point to a continuation of severe recessionary conditions in 2009 followed by a subdued recovery.

   

Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses or our financial condition or results of operations or our competitive position or reputation. Reputational impacts, in turn, could affect matters such as business generation and retention, our ability to attract and retain management, liquidity, and funding. These legal and regulatory developments could include:

   

Changes resulting from the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and other developments in response to the current economic and financial industry environment, including current and future conditions or restrictions imposed as a result of our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

   

Legislative and regulatory reforms generally, including changes to laws and regulations involving tax, pension, bankruptcy, consumer protection, and other aspects of the financial institution industry.

   

Increased litigation risk from recent regulatory and other governmental developments.

   

Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory and other governmental inquiries.

   

The results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy the requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

   

Changes in accounting policies and principles.

   

Our issuance of securities to the US Department of the Treasury may limit our ability to return capital to our shareholders and is dilutive to our common shares. If we are unable previously to redeem the shares, the dividend rate increases substantially after five years.

   

We intend to meet the requirement under the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program that we increase the common shareholders’ equity component of Tier I capital by $600 million through a combination of growth in retained earnings and other capital raising alternatives. Our ability to increase common shareholders’ equity through capital raising transactions will be dependent on market conditions at the time of the transactions. Market conditions will also affect the extent to which such transactions are dilutive to our existing common shareholders. If we fail to meet this requirement in advance of the November 9, 2009 deadline in the manner we plan to do so, we would likely be required to meet the requirement through conversion of a portion of the preferred stock issued to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program into mandatorily convertible preferred stock or by otherwise issuing common equity securities to the US Treasury. Such a transaction could be more dilutive to our common shareholders than other means of meeting this requirement and could result in the imposition of additional limitations on the conduct of our business by the US Treasury.

   

Our business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through the effective use of third-party insurance, derivatives, and capital management techniques.

   

The adequacy of our intellectual property protection, and the extent of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others, can impact our business and operating results.

   

Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can have an impact on our ability to respond to customer needs and to meet competitive demands.

   

Our ability to implement our business initiatives and strategies could affect our financial performance over the next several years.

   

Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention, as well as on our credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues.

   

Our business and operating results can also be affected by widespread natural disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities, either as a result of the impact on the economy and capital and other financial markets generally or on us or on our customers, suppliers or other counterparties specifically.

   

Also, risks and uncertainties that could affect the results anticipated in forward-looking statements or from historical performance relating to our equity interest in BlackRock, Inc. are discussed in more detail in BlackRock’s filings with the SEC, including in the Risk Factors sections of BlackRock’s reports.


 

52


Table of Contents
 

BlackRock’s SEC filings are accessible on the SEC’s website and on or through BlackRock’s website at www.blackrock.com. This material is referenced for informational purposes only and should not be deemed to constitute a part of this report.

In addition, our recent acquisition of National City Corporation (National City) presents us with a number of risks and uncertainties related both to the acquisition transaction itself and to the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

   

The anticipated benefits of the transaction, including anticipated cost savings and strategic gains, may be significantly harder or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events.

   

Our ability to achieve anticipated results from this transaction is dependent on the state going forward of the economic and financial markets, which have been under significant stress recently. Specifically, we may incur more credit losses from National City’s loan portfolio than expected. Other issues related to achieving anticipated financial results include the possibility that deposit attrition or attrition in key client, partner and other relationships may be greater than expected.

   

Litigation and governmental investigations currently pending against National City, as well as others that may be filed or commenced relating to National City’s business and activities before the acquisition, could adversely impact our financial results.

   

Our ability to achieve anticipated results is also dependent on our ability to bring National City’s systems, operating models, and controls into conformity with ours and to do so on our planned time schedule. The integration of National City’s business and operations into PNC, which will include conversion of National City’s different systems and procedures, may take longer than anticipated or be more costly than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results relating to National City’s or PNC’s existing businesses. PNC’s ability to integrate National City successfully may be adversely affected by the fact that this transaction will result in PNC entering several markets where PNC did not previously have any meaningful retail presence.

In addition to the National City transaction, we grow our business from time to time by acquiring other financial services companies. Acquisitions in general present us with risks, in addition to those presented by the nature of the business acquired, similar to some or all of those described above relating to the National City acquisition.


 

53


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except per share data    Three months ended March 31    
Unaudited        2009             2008    

Interest Income

    

Loans

   $ 2,465     $ 1,071

Investment securities

     689       404

Other

     106       144

Total interest income

     3,260       1,619

Interest Expense

    

Deposits

     546       450

Borrowed funds

     409       315

Total interest expense

     955       765

Net interest income

     2,305       854

Noninterest Income

    

Fund servicing

     199       228

Asset management

     189       212

Consumer services

     316       170

Corporate services

     245       164

Residential mortgage

     431    

Service charges on deposits

     224       82

Net gains on sales of securities

     56       41

Other-than-temporary impairments

     (686 )  

Less: Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairments (a)

     (537 )      

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     (149 )  

Other

     55       70

Total noninterest income

     1,566       967

Total revenue

     3,871       1,821

Provision for credit losses

     880       151

Noninterest Expense

    

Personnel

     1,088       544

Occupancy

     188       95

Equipment

     198       82

Marketing

     57       22

Other

     797       292

Total noninterest expense

     2,328       1,035

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     663       635

Income taxes

     133       251

Net income

     530       384

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     4       7

 Preferred stock dividends

     51    

 Preferred stock discount accretion

     15        

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 460     $ 377

Earnings Per Common Share

    

Basic

   $ 1.04     $ 1.11

Diluted

   $ 1.03     $ 1.09

Average Common Shares Outstanding

    

Basic

     443       339

Diluted

     444       342

 

(a) Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except par value

Unaudited

   March 31
2009
    December 31
2008
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,576     $ 4,471  

Federal funds sold and resale agreements (includes $1,064 and $1,072 measured at fair value) (a)

     1,554       1,856  

Trading securities

     1,087       1,725  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     14,783       14,859  

Other short-term investments

     807       1,025  

Loans held for sale (includes $3,471 and $1,400 measured at fair value) (a)

     4,045       4,366  

Investment securities

     46,253       43,473  

Loans (includes $31 measured at fair value at March 31, 2009) (a)

     171,373       175,489  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (4,299 )     (3,917 )

Net loans

     167,074       171,572  

Goodwill

     8,855       8,868  

Other intangible assets

     3,323       2,820  

Equity investments

     8,215       8,554  

Other (includes $272 measured at fair value at March 31, 2009) (a)

     26,850       27,492  

Total assets

   $ 286,422     $ 291,081  

Liabilities

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 40,610     $ 37,148  

Interest-bearing

     154,025       155,717  

Total deposits

     194,635       192,865  

Borrowed funds

    

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     4,789       5,153  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     16,985       18,126  

Bank notes and senior debt

     13,828       13,664  

Subordinated debt

     10,694       11,208  

Other

     2,163       4,089  

Total borrowed funds

     48,459       52,240  

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     328       344  

Accrued expenses

     3,340       3,949  

Other

     11,004       14,035  

Total liabilities

     257,766       263,433  

Equity

    

Preferred stock (b)

    

Common stock – $5 par value

    

Authorized 800 shares, issued 452 shares

     2,261       2,261  

Capital surplus – preferred stock

     7,933       7,918  

Capital surplus – common stock and other

     8,284       8,328  

Retained earnings (c)

     11,738       11,461  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (c)

     (3,289 )     (3,949 )

Common stock held in treasury at cost: 7 and 9 shares

     (450 )     (597 )

Total shareholders’ equity

     26,477       25,422  

Noncontrolling interests

     2,179       2,226  

Total equity

     28,656       27,648  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 286,422     $ 291,081  

 

(a) Amounts represent items for which the Corporation has elected the fair value option under SFAS 159.
(b) Par value less than $.5 million at each date.
(c) Retained earnings at January 1, 2009 was increased $110 million upon early adoption of FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, representing the after-tax noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in net income during 2008 that has been reclassified to accumulated other comprehensive loss.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions    Three months ended March 31  
Unaudited        2009             2008      

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 530     $ 384  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Provision for credit losses

     880       151  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     648       92  

Deferred income taxes (benefit)

     237       (7 )

Net gains on sales of securities

     (56 )     (41 )

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     149    

Loan related valuation adjustments

     (56 )     133  

Net gains related to BlackRock LTIP shares adjustment

     (103 )     (40 )

Undistributed earnings of BlackRock

     (10 )     (63 )

Visa redemption gain

       (95 )

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

       (3 )

Net change in

    

Trading securities and other short-term investments

     1,123       204  

Loans held for sale

     207       (549 )

Other assets

     1,917       (1,457 )

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (4,812 )     2,088  

Other

     216       (91 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

     870       706  

Investing Activities

    

Repayment of investment securities

     1,631       1,130  

Sales

    

Investment securities

     2,744       2,363  

Visa shares

       95  

Loans

     50       24  

Purchases

    

Investment securities

     (6,364 )     (3,055 )

Loans

     (45 )     (104 )

Net change in

    

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     295       601  

Loans

     2,475       (823 )

Net cash received from divestiture

       377  

Other

     36       (242 )

Net cash provided by investing activities

     822       366  

Financing Activities

    

Net change in

    

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     3,462       (264 )

Interest-bearing deposits

     (1,691 )     (2,024 )

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     (385 )     (2,112 )

Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings

       (2,000 )

Other short-term borrowed funds

     (1,950 )     284  

Sales/issuances

    

Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings

       4,500  

Bank notes and senior debt

     967       825  

Subordinated debt

       759  

Other long-term borrowed funds

     5,109       24  

Perpetual trust securities

       369  

Treasury stock

     70       56  

Repayments/maturities

    

Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings

     (1,148 )  

Bank notes and senior debt

     (996 )     (850 )

Subordinated debt

     (550 )  

Other long-term borrowed funds

     (5,096 )     (12 )

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

       3  

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (35 )     (48 )

Cash dividends paid

     (344 )     (215 )

Net cash used by financing activities

     (2,587 )     (705 )

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks

     (895 )     367  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     4,471       3,567  

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 3,576     $ 3,934  

Cash Paid (Refunded) For

    

Interest

   $ 983     $ 744  

Income taxes

     (10 )     3  

Non-cash Items

    

Net increase (decrease) in investment in BlackRock

     (207 )     66  

Transfer from loans held for sale to loans, net

     207       1,825  

Transfer from investment securities to trading securities

     74          

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Business

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

As described in Note 2 National City Acquisition, on December 31, 2008, PNC acquired National City Corporation (National City). Our consolidated financial statements for the first three months of 2009 reflect the impact of National City.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, residential mortgage banking and global investment servicing, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Washington, DC, Maryland, Virginia, Ohio, Kentucky, Delaware, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, and Wisconsin. PNC also provides certain investment servicing internationally and also conducts selected consumer and commercial lending businesses and other financial services on a nationwide basis.

We are in the process of integrating the business and operations of National City with those of PNC.

NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly owned, and certain partnership interests and variable interest entities.

On December 31, 2008, we acquired National City. Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and our Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 include the impact of the National City acquisition. See Note 2 National City Acquisition for additional information.

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (generally accepted accounting principles or GAAP). We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform with the 2009 presentation, including reclassifications required in connection with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 160, “Accounting and Reporting of Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.” These reclassifications did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal, recurring adjustments needed to present fairly our results for the interim periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other interim period.

When preparing these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, we have assumed that you have read the audited consolidated financial statements included in our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2008 Form 10-K). Reference is made to Note 1 Accounting Policies in the 2008 Form 10-K for a detailed description of the significant accounting policies followed by PNC. There have been no significant changes to these policies in the first quarter of 2009. These interim consolidated financial statements serve to update the 2008 Form 10-K and may not include all information and notes necessary to constitute a complete set of financial statements.

USE OF ESTIMATES

We prepare the consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our allowance for loan and lease losses, impaired loans, fair value measurements, including security valuations, and revenue recognition. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Investment in BlackRock, Inc.

We account for our investment in the common stock and Series B Preferred Stock of BlackRock under the equity method of accounting. The investment in BlackRock is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Equity investments, while our equity in earnings of BlackRock is reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the caption Asset management.

We mark to market our obligation to transfer BlackRock shares related to certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. This obligation is classified as a free standing derivative as disclosed in Note 13 Financial Derivatives.

On February 27, 2009, PNC’s obligation to deliver BlackRock common shares was replaced with an obligation to deliver shares of BlackRock’s new Series C Preferred Stock. The 2.9 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock have been acquired from BlackRock in exchange for common shares on that same date. PNC has elected to account for these preferred shares at fair value as permitted under SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”, which will offset the impact of marking-to-market the


 

57


Table of Contents

obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. The fair value amount of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

We adopted SFAS 141(R), “Business Combinations” on January 1, 2009. SFAS 141 (R) will require all businesses acquired after this date to be measured at the fair value of the consideration paid as opposed to the cost-based provisions of SFAS 141. It will require an entity to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date. SFAS 141(R) requires the value of consideration paid including any future contingent consideration to be measured at fair value at the closing date of the transaction. Also, restructuring costs and acquisition costs will be expensed rather than included in the cost of the acquisition. This guidance will be effective for all acquisitions completed on or after January 1, 2009.

We adopted SFAS 160, “Accounting and Reporting of Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51” on January 1, 2009. SFAS 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. This statement also required expanded disclosures that identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of an entity. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

We adopted SFAS 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” on January 1, 2009. SFAS 161 required revisions to our derivative disclosures to provide greater transparency as to the use of derivative instruments and hedging activities. See Note 13 Financial Derivatives for additional information.

We adopted SFAS 163, “Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60” on January 1, 2009. This standard changed the current practice of accounting for financial guarantee insurance contracts by insurance companies including the recognition and measurement of premium revenue, claim liabilities and enhances related disclosure requirements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.

In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments”. This FSP amends the other-than-temporary impairment

(OTTI) guidance for debt securities regarding recognition and disclosure. The major change in the guidance is the requirement to recognize only the credit portion of the OTTI charges in current earnings for those debt securities where there is no intent to sell or it is more likely than not the entity would not be required to sell the security prior to expected recovery. The remaining portion of the OTTI charge is to be included in other comprehensive income. As permitted, we adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009. A cumulative effect adjustment of $110 million has been recorded to beginning retained earnings to reclassify the noncredit component of OTTI recognized in prior periods from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). See Note 7 Investment Securities for disclosures required by this new guidance.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly”. This FSP provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. This FSP also provides guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. As permitted, we adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009. See Note 8 Fair Value for disclosures required by this new guidance.

We adopted FSP FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” on January 1, 2009. This FSP provides guidance on how the transferor and transferee should separately account for a transfer of a financial asset and a related repurchase financing if certain criteria are met. This guidance did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.

We adopted FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” on January 1, 2009. This FSP provides guidance as to factors considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” The adoption did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.

We adopted FSP APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)” on January 1, 2009. This FSP clarifies that certain convertible debt instruments should be separately accounted for as liability and equity components. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.


 

58


Table of Contents

We adopted FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” on January 1, 2009. This FSP clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are considered participating securities and should be included in the calculation of basic earnings per share using the two-class method prescribed by SFAS 128, “Earnings Per Share.” Our adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on either our basic or diluted earnings per share. See Note 14 Earnings Per Share for the computation of earnings per share using the two-class method.

In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161.” This FSP amended FASB Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” to require disclosures by sellers of credit derivatives, including credit derivatives embedded in a hybrid instrument. This FSP also amended FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” to require additional disclosure about the payment/ performance risk of a guarantee. This guidance was effective December 31, 2008 for PNC. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information.

 

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” This FSP amends FASB Statement No. 132 (revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This guidance will be effective December 31, 2009 for PNC.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 141(R)-1, “Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies.” This FSP amends and clarifies FASB Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” to address application issues related to initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurements and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. This guidance is effective for all acquisitions of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination with closing dates after January 1, 2009.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”. This FSP amends SFAS 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This FSP also amends APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting”, to require those disclosures in summarized financial information for interim reporting periods. This guidance will be effective June 30, 2009 for PNC.


 

59


Table of Contents

NOTE 2 NATIONAL CITY ACQUISITION

On December 31, 2008, we acquired National City for approximately $6.1 billion. The total consideration included approximately $5.6 billion of common stock, representing approximately 95 million shares, $150 million of preferred stock and cash of $379 million paid to warrant holders by National City. The transaction requires no future contingent consideration payments. National City, based in Cleveland, Ohio, was one of the nation’s largest financial services companies. At December 31, 2008, prior to our acquisition, National City had total assets of approximately $153 billion and total deposits of approximately $101 billion.

This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price was allocated to the National City assets acquired and liabilities assumed using their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

 

During the first quarter of 2009, additional information was obtained about the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of December 31, 2008 which resulted in adjustments to the initial purchase price allocation. Most significantly, additional information was obtained on the credit quality of certain loans as of the acquisition date which resulted in additional fair value writedowns on acquired impaired loans. These adjustments resulted in the allocation of $446 million to other intangible assets and $891 million to premises and equipment which had been reduced in the initial purchase price allocation. No goodwill has been recognized on the National City acquisition as of March 31, 2009. A summary of adjustments to the initial purchase price allocation are summarized below.


 

National City Acquisition—Summary Purchase Price Allocation

 

In billions        

Excess of fair value of adjusted net assets acquired over purchase price – December 31, 2008

   $ (1.3 )

Additional fair value marks on acquired impaired loans – December 31, 2008

     1.2  

Additional mortgage recourse, insurance and legal reserves

     0.3  

Other adjustments, net

     (0.2 )

Excess of fair value of adjusted net assets acquired over purchase price – March 31, 2009

   $ 0.0  

 

Further modifications to the purchase price allocation may occur, resulting in the recognition of goodwill and liabilities in future periods.

Condensed Statement of National City Net Assets Acquired

The following condensed statement of net assets reflects the preliminary value assigned to National City net assets as of the December 31, 2008 acquisition date. The net assets acquired are net of the cash paid by National City to its warrant holders of $379 million.

 

(In millions)      

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,144

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     7,335

Trading assets, interest-earning deposits with banks, and other short-term investments

     9,249

Loans held for sale

     2,185

Investment securities

     13,327

Net loans

     96,579

Other intangible assets

     2,323

Equity investments

     2,051

Other assets

     13,534

Total assets

   $ 148,727

Liabilities

    

Deposits

   $ 103,638

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     3,523

Other borrowed funds

     22,148

Other liabilities

     13,664

Total liabilities

   $ 142,973

Net assets acquired

   $ 5,754

 

60


Table of Contents

Other intangible assets acquired consisted of the following (in millions):

 

Intangible Asset   

Fair

Value

  

Weighted

Life

    Amortization
Method
 

Residential mortgage servicing rights

   $ 1,019    (a )   (a )

Core deposit

     713    12 yrs     Accelerated  

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

     203    8 yrs     Accelerated  

Asset management customer relationships

     346    12 yrs     Straight line  

National City brand

     27    21 mos     Straight line  

Consumer loan servicing rights

     15    2 yrs     Accelerated  

Total

   $ 2,323             
(a) Intangible asset carried at fair value on a recurring basis.

See Note 9 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for additional information.

 

Purchase accounting adjustments include discounts and premiums on interest-earning assets and liabilities as follows:

   

During the first quarter of 2009, additional information was obtained about the credit quality of acquired loans as of the acquisition date. As a result, an additional $1.9 billion of acquired loans were deemed impaired under SOP 03-3 as of December 31, 2008 with a related fair value mark of $1.2 billion. This true-up resulted in a reduction of total accretable yield of $810 million at December 31, 2008 due to lower expected cash flows and expected shorter lives of the loans. Adjustments to accretable yield for the quarter are detailed in Note 6 Loans Acquired in a Transfer.

 

   

The original accretable yield on acquired loans of $6.1 billion at December 31, 2008 was reduced by $1.1 billion during the first quarter of 2009. The decrease was due to the $810 million adjustment to accretable yield discussed above and accretion of $570 million, net of reclassifications to accretable yield of $268 million.

 

   

The remaining discounts on loans of $5.0 billion will be accreted to net interest income using the constant effective yield method over the weighted average life of the loans, estimated to be between two and three years. The weighted average lives could vary depending on prepayments, revised estimated cash flows and other related factors. Of the remaining $5.0 billion of discounts at March 31, 2009, $2.9 billion relates to loans accounted for under SOP 03-3 and $2.1 billion relates to performing loans.

 

   

The remaining premiums on interest-earning time deposits of $1.8 billion at March 31, 2009 will be amortized over the weighted average life of the deposits of approximately one year using the constant effective yield method.

 

   

The remaining discounts on borrowed funds of $1.4 billion at March 31, 2009 will be accreted over the weighted average life of the borrowings of approximately seven years using the constant effective yield method.


 

61


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

As discussed in our 2008 Form 10-K, we are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that were deemed to be VIEs. We consolidated certain VIEs as of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 for which we were determined to be the primary beneficiary. These consolidated VIEs and relationships with PNC are described in our 2008 Form 10-K.

Consolidated VIEs—PNC Is Primary Beneficiary

 

In millions   

Aggregate

Assets

   Aggregate
Liabilities
 

Partnership interests in low income housing projects

       

March 31, 2009

   $ 1,452    $ 803  

December 31, 2008

   $ 1,499    $ 863 (a)

Credit Risk Transfer Transaction

       

March 31, 2009

   $ 1,012    $ 1,012  

December 31, 2008

   $ 1,070    $ 1,070  
(a) We have revised this amount due to PNC’s adoption of SFAS 160 as noncontrolling interests are no longer classified as aggregate liabilities.

We hold significant variable interests in VIEs that have not been consolidated because we are not considered the primary beneficiary. Information on these VIEs follows:

Non-Consolidated VIEs—Significant Variable Interests

 

In millions    Aggregate
Assets
   Aggregate
Liabilities
  

PNC Risk

of Loss

 

March 31, 2009

          

Market Street

   $ 4,618    $ 4,744    $ 6,653 (a)

Partnership interests in tax credit investments (b) (c)

     1,117      649      860  

Collateralized debt obligations

     17         2  

Total

   $ 5,752    $ 5,393    $ 7,515  

December 31, 2008

          

Market Street

   $ 4,916    $ 5,010    $ 6,965 (a)

Partnership interests in tax credit investments (b) (c)

     1,095      652      920  

Collateralized debt obligations

     20         2  

Total

   $ 6,031    $ 5,662    $ 7,887  
(a) PNC’s risk of loss consists of off-balance sheet liquidity commitments to Market Street of $6.1 billion and other credit enhancements of $.6 billion at March 31, 2009. The comparable amounts were $6.4 billion and $.6 billion at December 31, 2008.
(b) Amounts reported primarily represent low income housing projects.
(c) Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities represent approximate balances due to limited availability of financial information associated with the acquired National City partnerships that we did not sponsor.

Market Street

Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street) is a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit that is owned by an independent third party. Market Street’s activities primarily involve purchasing assets or making loans secured by interests in pools of receivables from US corporations that desire access to the commercial paper market. Market Street funds the purchases of assets or loans by issuing commercial paper

which has been rated A1/P1 by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, respectively, and is supported by pool-specific credit enhancements, liquidity facilities and program-level credit enhancement. Generally, Market Street mitigates its potential interest rate risk by entering into agreements with its borrowers that reflect interest rates based upon its weighted average commercial paper cost of funds. During 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, Market Street met all of its funding needs through the issuance of commercial paper.

PNC Bank, N.A. provides certain administrative services, the program-level credit enhancement and 99% of liquidity facilities to Market Street in exchange for fees negotiated based on market rates. Program administrator fees and commitment fees related to PNC’s portion of the liquidity facilities for the first quarters of 2009 and 2008 were insignificant.

The commercial paper obligations at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were effectively collateralized by Market Street’s assets. While PNC may be obligated to fund under the $6.1 billion of liquidity facilities for events such as commercial paper market disruptions, borrower bankruptcies, collateral deficiencies or covenant violations, our credit risk under the liquidity facilities is secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the borrower or another third party in the form of deal-specific credit enhancement, such as by the over collateralization of the assets. Deal-specific credit enhancement that supports the commercial paper issued by Market Street is generally structured to cover a multiple of expected losses for the pool of assets and is sized to generally meet rating agency standards for comparably structured transactions. In addition, PNC would be required to fund $1.0 billion of the liquidity facilities if the underlying assets are in default. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information.

PNC provides program-level credit enhancement to cover net losses in the amount of 10% of commitments, excluding explicitly rated AAA/Aaa facilities. PNC provides 100% of the enhancement in the form of a cash collateral account funded by a loan facility. This facility expires in March 2013.

Market Street has entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (Note) with an unrelated third party. The Note provides first loss coverage whereby the investor absorbs losses up to the amount of the Note, which was $8.0 million as of March 31, 2009. Proceeds from the issuance of the Note are held by Market Street in a first loss reserve account that will be used to reimburse any losses incurred by Market Street, PNC Bank, N.A. or other providers under the liquidity facilities and the credit enhancement arrangements.

We evaluated the design of Market Street, its capital structure, the Note and relationships among the variable interest holders under the provisions of FIN 46R. Based on this analysis, we are not the primary beneficiary as defined by FIN 46R and


 

62


Table of Contents

therefore the assets and liabilities of Market Street are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

PNC considers changes to the variable interest holders (such as new expected loss note investors and changes to program-level credit enhancement providers), changes to the terms of expected loss notes, and new types of risks related to Market Street as reconsideration events. PNC reviews the activities of Market Street on at least a quarterly basis to determine if a reconsideration event has occurred.

CREDIT RISK TRANSFER TRANSACTION

PNC’s subsidiary, National City Bank (NCB), sponsored a special purpose entity (SPE) trust and concurrently entered into a credit risk transfer agreement with an independent third party to mitigate credit losses on a pool of nonconforming mortgage loans originated by its former First Franklin business unit. The SPE was formed with a small contribution from NCB and was structured as a bankruptcy-remote entity so that its creditors have no recourse to NCB. In exchange for a perfected security interest in the cash flows of the nonconforming mortgage loans, the SPE issued to NCB asset-backed securities in the form of senior, mezzanine, and subordinated equity notes. NCB has incurred credit losses equal to the subordinated equity notes and currently holds the right to put certain tranches of the mezzanine notes to the independent third-party at par. NCB holds the senior notes and will be responsible for credit losses in excess of the mezzanine securities.

The SPE was deemed to be a VIE as its equity was not sufficient to finance its activities. NCB was determined to be the primary beneficiary of the SPE as it would absorb the majority of the expected losses of the SPE through its holding of certain of the asset-backed securities. Accordingly, this SPE was consolidated and all of the entity’s assets, liabilities, and equity associated with the note tranches held by NCB are intercompany balances and are eliminated in consolidation. Nonconforming mortgage loans, including foreclosed properties, pledged as collateral to the SPE remain on the balance sheet and totaled $661 million at March 31, 2009.

At March 31, 2009, the carrying value of the mezzanine notes held by NCB was $153 million. During the first quarter of 2009, cumulative credit losses in the mortgage loan pool surpassed the principal balance of subordinated equity notes,

giving NCB the right to put the first mezzanine note to the third party in accordance with the credit risk transfer agreement. As a result, NCB exercised its put option and received $16 million for this mezzanine note. Management assessed what impact this reconsideration event would have on determining whether NCB would remain the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Management concluded that NCB would remain the primary beneficiary and accordingly should continue to consolidate the SPE.

PERPETUAL TRUST SECURITIES

We issue certain hybrid capital vehicles that qualify as capital for regulatory purposes.

In February 2008, PNC Preferred Funding LLC (the LLC), one of our indirect subsidiaries, sold $375 million of 8.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities of PNC Preferred Funding Trust III (Trust III) to third parties in a private placement. In connection with the private placement, Trust III acquired $375 million of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities of the LLC (the LLC Preferred Securities). The sale was similar to the March 2007 private placement by the LLC of $500 million of 6.113% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Trust Securities (the Trust II Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II (Trust II) in which Trust II acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities and to the December 2006 private placement by PNC REIT Corp. of $500 million of 6.517% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the Trust I Securities) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I (Trust I) in which Trust I acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities. PNC REIT Corp. owns 100% of LLC’s common voting securities. As a result, LLC is an indirect subsidiary of PNC and is consolidated on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Trust I, II and III’s investment in LLC Preferred Securities is characterized as a noncontrolling interest on our Consolidated Balance Sheet since we are not the primary beneficiary of Trust I, Trust II and Trust III. This noncontrolling interest totaled approximately $1.3 billion at March 31, 2009.

Our 2008 Form 10-K includes additional information regarding the Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital and dividend restriction covenants. The Trust III Securities include dividend restriction covenants similar to those described for Trust II Securities.


 

63


Table of Contents

NOTE 4 LOANS AND COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Loans outstanding were as follows:

 

In millions    March 31,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Commercial

   $ 65,197    $ 69,220

Commercial real estate

     25,420      25,736

Consumer

     51,968      52,489

Residential real estate

     22,488      21,583

Equipment lease financing

     6,300      6,461

Total loans

   $ 171,373    $ 175,489

Loans are presented net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $3.5 billion and $4.1 billion at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions   

March 31

2009

   December 31
2008

Commercial and commercial real estate

   $ 58,771    $ 60,020

Home equity lines of credit

     22,416      23,195

Consumer credit card lines

     19,291      19,028

Other

     2,343      2,645

Total

   $ 102,821    $ 104,888

Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds subject to specified contractual conditions. At March 31, 2009 commercial commitments are reported net of $8.7 billion of participations, assignments and syndications, primarily to financial services companies. The comparable amount at December 31, 2008 was $8.6 billion. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates. Based on our historical experience, most commitments expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment. Consumer home equity lines of credit accounted for 54% of consumer unfunded credit commitments.

Unfunded credit commitments related to Market Street totaled $6.1 billion at March 31, 2009 and $6.4 billion at December 31, 2008 and are included in the preceding table primarily within the “Commercial and Commercial Real Estate” category.

At March 31, 2009, we pledged $31.4 billion of loans to the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and $48.2 billion of loans to the

Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary.

Certain loans are accounted for at fair value in accordance with SFAS 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” or SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” with changes in the fair value reported in current period earnings. The fair value of these loans was $53 million, or less than .5% of the total loan portfolio, at March 31, 2009.

NOTE 5 ASSET QUALITY

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets and related information.

These amounts exclude loans impaired in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (SOP 03-3). See Note 6 Certain Loans Acquired in a Transfer for further information.

 

Dollars in millions   

March 31,

2009

   

December 31,

2008

 

Nonaccrual loans

      

Commercial

   $ 1,214     $ 576  

Commercial real estate

     1,212       766  

Equipment lease financing

     121       97  

TOTAL COMMERCIAL LENDING

     2,547       1,439  

Consumer

      

Home equity

     75       66  

Other

     24       4  

Total consumer

     99       70  

Residential real estate

      

Residential mortgage

     299       139  

Residential construction

     15       14  

Total residential real estate

     314       153  

TOTAL CONSUMER LENDING

     413       223  

Total nonaccrual loans

     2,960       1,662  

Total nonperforming loans

     2,960       1,662  

Foreclosed assets

      

Commercial lending

     41       34  

Consumer lending

     465       469  

Total foreclosed assets

     506       503  

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 3,466     $ 2,165  

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.73 %     .95 %

Nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed assets

     2.02       1.23  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.21       .74  

 

64


Table of Contents

Net interest income less the provision for credit losses was $1.425 billion for the first three months of 2009 compared with $703 million for the first three months of 2008.

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses follow:

 

In millions    2009     2008  

January 1

   $ 3,917     $ 830  

Charge-offs

     (512 )     (110 )

Recoveries

     81       12  

Net charge-offs

     (431 )     (98 )

Provision for credit losses

     880       151  

Acquired allowance – National City

     (83 )    

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     16       (18 )

March 31

   $ 4,299     $ 865  

See Note 6 for a discussion of the release of reserves related to additional impaired loans identified during the first three months of 2009.

Changes in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit follow:

 

In millions    2009     2008

January 1

   $ 344     $ 134

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (16 )     18

March 31

   $ 328     $ 152

Impaired loans, as defined under SFAS 114, exclude leases and smaller homogenous type loans as well as National City impaired loans accounted for pursuant to SOP 03-3. We did not recognize any interest income on loans while they were impaired in the first three months of 2009 or 2008. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans and the associated allowance for loan losses:

SUMMARY OF SFAS 114 IMPAIRED LOANS (a)

 

In millions    March 31
2009
   Dec. 31
2008

Impaired loans with an associated reserve

   $ 2,173    $ 1,249

Impaired loans without an associated reserve

     253      93

Total impaired loans

   $ 2,426    $ 1,342

Specific allowance for credit losses

   $ 646    $ 405

Average impaired loan balance

   $ 1,867    $ 674
(a) National City impaired loans accounted for under SOP 03-3 are excluded from this table.

 

NOTE 6 LOANS ACQUIRED IN A TRANSFER

At December 31, 2008, PNC identified certain loans related to the National City acquisition, for which there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable that PNC would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. These loans are accounted for under SOP 03-3. Evidence of credit quality deterioration includes statistics such as past due status, declines in current borrower FICO credit scores, geographic concentration and declines in current loan-to-value ratios. SOP 03-3 requires these loans to be recorded at fair value at acquisition date and prohibits the “carrying over” or the creation of valuation allowances in the initial accounting for loans acquired in a transfer that are within the scope of this SOP.

During the first quarter of 2009, additional information was obtained about the credit quality of acquired loans as of the acquisition date. As a result, an additional $1.9 billion of acquired loans were deemed SOP 03-3 impaired as of December 31, 2008 and the carryover allowance for loan losses attributable to these loans of $83 million was released. Adjustments to the fair value of SOP 03-3 impaired loans of $1.2 billion were also recognized. The related accretable yield was also decreased during the quarter to reflect this activity.

At both March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, acquired loans within the scope of SOP 03-3 had a carrying value of $11.9 billion. During the first quarter of 2009, the amount of SOP 03-3 impaired loans was increased by $0.7 billion, as a result of the purchase accounting adjustments described above, and from accretion of purchase accounting discount of $0.2 billion. These increases were offset by payments of $0.9 billion. The unpaid principal balance of these loans was $19.6 billion at March 31, 2009 and $19.3 billion at December 31, 2008, as detailed below:

SUMMARY OF SOP 03-3 IMPAIRED LOANS

 

      March 31, 2009    December 31, 2008
In millions    Carrying
Value
   Outstanding
Balance
   Carrying
Value
   Outstanding
Balance

Commercial

   $ 744    $ 1,916    $ 503    $ 1,194

Commercial real estate

     1,668      3,405      1,340      2,831

Consumer

     3,609      5,978      3,924      5,785

Residential real estate

     5,831      8,269      6,154      9,482

Total

   $ 11,852    $ 19,568    $ 11,921    $ 19,292

Under SOP 03-3, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Changes in the expected cash flows from the date


 

65


Table of Contents

of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in a charge to the provision for credit losses in the period in which the changes become probable. Prepayments are treated as a reduction of cash flows expected to be collected and a reduction of projections of contractual cash flows such that the nonaccretable difference is not affected. Thus, for decreases in cash flows expected to be collected resulting from prepayments, the effect will be to reduce prospectively the yield recognized.

Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a charge to the provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a reclassification from accretable yield to nonaccretable difference. During the first quarter of 2009, decreases in the expected cash flows of acquired

SOP 03-3 impaired loans resulted in a provision for credit losses of $183 million. This resulted in an allowance for loan and lease losses on $3.3 billion of the SOP 03-3 impaired loans while the remaining $8.6 billion of SOP 03-3 impaired loans required no allowance as expected cash flows improved or remained the same. As of March 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses on acquired SOP 03-3 impaired loans was $183 million. There was no such allowance on any of these loans at December 31, 2008.

 

Subsequent increases in cash flows will result in a recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. During the first quarter of 2009, increases in the expected cash flows of acquired SOP 03-3 impaired loans resulted in an increase in accretable yield of $268 million. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans, receipt of payments in full by the borrower, foreclosure, or troubled debt restructurings, result in removal of the loan from the SOP 03-3 portfolio at its carrying amount.

The following table displays activity for the accretable yield of these loans for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

Accretable Yield

 

In millions    For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2009
 

Beginning balance

   $ 3,668  

Accretion

     (213 )

Purchase accounting adjustments (a)

     (810 )

Reclassifications to/(from) accretable difference

     268  

Ending balance

   $ 2,913  
(a) See Note 2 National City Acquisition for additional information.

 

66


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

.In millions

  

Amortized

Cost (a)

   Unrealized    

Fair

Value

           Losses    
      Gains    OTTI     Other    

March 31, 2009

              
 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

              

Debt securities

              

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 2,597    $ 29      $ (2 )   $ 2,624

Residential mortgage-backed

              

Agency

     22,860      577        (10 )     23,427

Nonagency

     12,900      219    $ (584 )     (3,254 )     9,281

Commercial mortgage-backed

     4,248           (820 )     3,428

Asset-backed

     2,005      11      (89 )     (438 )     1,489

State and municipal

     1,382      29        (74 )     1,337

Other debt

     786      11      (1 )     (22 )     774

Total debt securities

     46,778      876      (674 )     (4,620 )     42,360

Corporate stocks and other

     281                     (1 )     280

Total securities available for sale

   $ 47,059    $ 876    $ (674 )   $ (4,621 )   $ 42,640

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

              

Debt securities

              

Commercial mortgage-backed

   $ 2,002    $ 26      $ (59 )   $ 1,969

Asset-backed

     1,602      55        (34 )     1,623

Other debt

     9      1                      10

Total debt securities

     3,613      82              (93 )     3,602

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 3,613    $ 82            $ (93 )   $ 3,602

 

    

Amortized

Cost

   Unrealized    

Fair

Value

In millions       Gains    Losses    

December 31, 2008

            
 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

            

Debt securities

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 738    $ 1      $ 739

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     22,744      371    $ (9 )     23,106

Nonagency

     13,205         (4,374 )     8,831

Commercial mortgage-backed

     4,305         (859 )     3,446

Asset-backed

     2,069      4      (446 )     1,627

State and municipal

     1,326      13      (76 )     1,263

Other debt

     563      11      (15 )     559

Total debt securities

     44,950      400      (5,779 )     39,571

Corporate stocks and other

     575             (4 )     571

Total securities available for sale

   $ 45,525    $ 400    $ (5,783 )   $ 40,142

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

            

Debt securities

            

Commercial mortgage-backed

   $ 1,945    $ 10    $ (59 )   $ 1,896

Asset-backed

     1,376      7      (25 )     1,358

Other debt

     10                     10

Total debt securities

     3,331      17      (84 )     3,264

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 3,331    $ 17    $ (84 )   $ 3,264
(a) The amortized cost for debt securities for which an OTTI was recorded prior to January 1, 2009 was adjusted for the pretax cumulative effect adjustment recorded under FSP 115-2 and 124-2.

 

67


Table of Contents

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and illiquidity. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. Unrealized OTTI losses on debt securities held to maturity and available for sale are also included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax.

The following table presents unrealized loss and fair value of securities available for sale at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. The table includes debt securities where a portion of OTTI has been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more. The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $93 million at March 31, 2009 and $84 million at December 31, 2008, with all positions in a continuous loss position of less than 12 months.

 

In millions    Unrealized loss position less
than 12 months
   Unrealized loss position 12
months or more
   Total
March 31, 2009          Unrealized
Loss
          Fair
Value
         Unrealized
Loss
          Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value

Securities available for sale

                

Debt securities

                

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

   $ (7 )   $ 396    $ (4 )   $ 167    $ (11 )   $ 563

Nonagency

     (236 )     817      (3,602 )     6,987      (3,838 )     7,804

Commercial mortgage-backed

     (350 )     1,579      (469 )     1,864      (819 )     3,443

Asset-backed

     (45 )     428      (482 )     1,004      (527 )     1,432

State and municipal

     (50 )     322      (24 )     66      (74 )     388

Other debt

     (19 )     504      (6 )     6      (25 )     510

Total

   $ (707 )   $ 4,046    $ (4,587 )   $ 10,094    $ (5,294 )   $ 14,140
 
December 31, 2008                                  

Securities available for sale

                

Debt securities

                

Residential mortgage-backed

                

Agency

   $ (1 )   $ 49    $ (7 )   $ 188    $ (8 )   $ 237

Nonagency

     (1,774 )     3,570      (2,601 )     3,683      (4,375 )     7,253

Commercial mortgage-backed

     (482 )     2,207      (377 )     1,184      (859 )     3,391

Asset-backed

     (102 )     523      (344 )     887      (446 )     1,410

State and municipal

     (56 )     370      (20 )     26      (76 )     396

Other debt

     (11 )     185      (4 )     8      (15 )     193

Total

   $ (2,426 )   $ 6,904    $ (3,353 )   $ 5,976    $ (5,779 )   $ 12,880

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (OTTI)—Summary

During the first quarter of 2009, we recorded OTTI charges totaling $686 million. The credit-related portion of these impairments totaled $149 million, comprised of $145 million of OTTI on debt securities and $4 million of OTTI on equity securities, and reduced noninterest income by this amount. The noncredit portion of these impairments totaled $537 million and was included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of March 31, 2009.

Rollforward of 2009 Credit Losses on Debt Securities

 

In millions    Nonagency residential
mortgage-backed
  

Commercial

mortgage-backed

   Asset backed    Other debt    Total

December 31, 2008

   $ 35       $ 34       $ 69

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

     118    $ 5      18    $ 4      145

March 31, 2009

   $ 153    $ 5    $ 52    $ 4    $ 214

 

68


Table of Contents

Additional information regarding OTTI recognized on debt securities follows. Results of OTTI analyses are reviewed by a cross-functional team of senior management representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Balance Sheet Risk Management to determine whether an OTTI is evident and should be recognized. OTTI is recognized when, based on the expected cash flow analyses described below, we determine that we will not recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. For those securities for which our analysis shows we will recover our entire cost basis, we do not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell them before the anticipated recovery of remaining amortized cost basis.

OTTI—Nonagency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities Collateralized by First-Lien and Second-Lien Residential Mortgage Loans

During the first quarter of 2009, we recognized credit losses of $136 million on 39 non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and four asset-backed securities (those collateralized by first- and second-lien residential mortgage loans). To measure credit losses we compile relevant collateral details and performance statistics on a security-by-security basis. The securities are then processed through a series of pre-established filters that include minimum thresholds for external credit ratings, the ratio of delinquencies to current credit enhancement, market price and whether the respective tranche incurs a loss using a third party loss model.

Securities not passing all of the filters are subjected to further analysis. We develop assumptions for prepayment speed, a delinquency default multiplier, and loss severity for securities grouped by security type, based on the underlying collateral characteristics, and vintage. We also consider actual recent collateral performance and security structuring (e.g., cross-subordination that may not be adequately addressed in the standard analysis, and the existence of third party guarantees). The resulting projections of future performance and cash flows of the underlying collateral are then allocated to each security. Based on the results of the cash flow analysis, we determined whether it is likely we will recover the amortized cost basis of our securities.

OTTI—Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

During the first quarter of 2009, we recognized credit losses of $5 million on three commercial mortgage-backed securities. To measure credit losses we compile relevant collateral details and performance statistics on a security-by-security basis. The securities are then processed through a series of pre-established filters that include minimum thresholds for external credit ratings, that ratio of delinquencies to current credit enhancement, and market price.

 

Securities not passing all of the filters are subjected to further analysis. We conduct this analysis at the loan-level, beginning with those that are severely delinquent. The analysis includes examining historic cash flows, occupancy, rent rolls, the entire debt stack (inside and outside of the trust) and special servicer details. For non-delinquent loans, we prepare a similar analysis on the highest balance loans in each deal. For the remainder of the loans, we monitor debt service coverage ratios and loan-to-value stratifications.

OTTI—Other Debt Securities

During the first quarter of 2009, we recorded credit losses of $4 million on two other debt securities. To measure credit losses we compile relevant collateral details and performance statistics on a security-by-security basis. The securities are then assessed, considering the external credit rating, market price, security performance, and the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

Information relating to securities gains and losses is set forth in the following table.

Gains on Sales of Securities

 

Three months ended

March 31

In millions

   Proceeds   

Gross

Gains

  

Tax

Expense

2009

   $ 2,744    $ 56    $ 20

2008

     2,363      41      14

The fair value of securities pledged to secure public and trust deposits and repurchase agreements and for other purposes was $21.0 billion at March 31, 2009 and $22.5 billion at December 31, 2008. The pledged securities include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge.

The fair value of securities accepted as collateral that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge was $1.5 billion at March 31, 2009 and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2008 and is a component of federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Of the permitted amount, $285 million was repledged to others at March 31, 2009 and $461 million was repledged to others at December 31, 2008.


 

69


Table of Contents

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at March 31, 2009.

Contractual Maturity Of Debt Securities

 

March 31, 2009

Dollars in millions

   1 Year or Less     After 1 Year
through 5 Years
    After 5 Years
through 10 Years
    After 10
Years
    Total  

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

            

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 13     $ 1,334     $ 1,044     $ 206     $ 2,597  

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

     82       242       1,468       21,069       22,860  

Nonagency

         143       12,757       12,900  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       37         4,210       4,248  

Asset-backed

       67       476       1,462       2,005  

State and municipal

     87       206       183       907       1,382  

Other debt

     3       693       59       30       786  

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ 185     $ 2,579     $ 3,373     $ 40,641     $ 46,778  

Fair value

   $ 186     $ 2,606     $ 3,380     $ 36,188     $ 42,360  

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     4.71 %     3.55 %     4.13 %     5.13 %     4.97 %

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

            

Commercial mortgage-backed

     $ 132     $ 67     $ 1,803     $ 2,001  

Asset-backed

   $ 18       1,210       208       166       1,603  

Other debt

           9       9  

Total debt securities held to maturity

   $ 18     $ 1,342     $ 275     $ 1,978     $ 3,613  

Fair value

   $ 18     $ 1,368     $ 288     $ 1,928     $ 3,602  

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     5.35 %     4.58 %     4.60 %     5.14 %     4.89 %

Based on current interest rates and expected prepayment speeds, the total weighted-average expected maturity of agency mortgage-backed securities was 2 years and 5 months, of nonagency mortgage-backed securities was 4 years and 9 months, of commercial mortgage-backed securities was 4 years and 2 months and of asset-backed securities was 5 years and 4 months at March 31, 2009. Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security.

 

70


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Measurement

SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date. The standard focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants. SFAS 157 establishes a fair value reporting hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value and defines the three levels of inputs as noted below.

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market and certain US Government and agency-backed securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 such as: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated to observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs. This category generally includes agency residential mortgage-backed debt securities, asset-backed securities, corporate debt securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale, and derivative contracts.

 

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by minimal or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities may include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models with internally developed assumptions, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category generally includes certain available for sale securities, commercial mortgage loans held for sale, private equity investments, trading securities, residential mortgage servicing rights, BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock and financial derivative contracts. The available for sale and trading securities within Level 3 include non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, auction rate securities, certain private-issuer asset-backed securities and corporate debt securities. Nonrecurring items, primarily certain nonaccrual and other loans held for sale and commercial mortgage servicing rights, equity investments and other assets are also included in this category.


 

71


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which PNC has elected the fair value option, follow. The assets and liabilities acquired from National City are included as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2009, but were excluded as of December 31, 2008, the acquisition date.

Fair Value Measurements—Summary

 

     March 31, 2009    December 31, 2008 (j)
In millions    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value
   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value

Assets

                           

Securities available for sale

   $ 2,758    $ 25,453    $ 14,429    $ 42,640    $ 347    $ 21,633    $ 4,837    $ 26,817

Financial derivatives (a)

     6      6,845      175      7,026      16      5,582      125      5,723

Trading securities (b)

     174      801      112      1,087      89      529      73      691

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)

           1,245      1,245            1,400      1,400

Residential mortgage loans held for sale (c)

        2,226         2,226              

Loans (d)

        53         53              

Customer resale agreements (e)

        1,064         1,064         1,072         1,072

Equity investments

           1,135      1,135            571      571

Residential mortgage servicing rights (f)

           1,052      1,052            6      6

Other assets (g)

        155      310      465         144         144

Total assets

   $ 2,938    $ 36,597    $ 18,458    $ 57,993    $ 452    $ 28,960    $ 7,012    $ 36,424

Liabilities

                           

Financial derivatives (h)

   $ 1    $ 5,020    $ 101    $ 5,122    $ 2    $ 4,387    $ 22    $ 4,411

Trading securities sold short (i)

     349      45         394      182      207         389

Other liabilities

        21         21         9         9

Total liabilities

   $ 350    $ 5,086    $ 101    $ 5,537    $ 184    $ 4,603    $ 22    $ 4,809
(a) Included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in trading securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Fair value includes net unrealized gains of $9 million at March 31, 2009 compared with net unrealized losses of $28 million at December 31, 2008.
(c) Included in loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale.
(d) Included in loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Certain of these loans have been subsequently reclassified into portfolio loans.
(e) Included in federal funds sold and resale agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for this item.
(f) Included in other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(g) Includes BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.
(h) Included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(i) Included in other borrowed funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. These are all debt securities.
(j) Excludes assets and liabilities associated with the acquisition of National City.

 

72


Table of Contents

Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the first quarter of 2009 and 2008 follow.

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

 

Securities
available
for sale

(b)

   

Financial

derivatives

(b)

    Trading
securities
(b)
   

Commercial
mortgage
loans held

for sale (c)

   

Equity
investments

(b)

    Residential
mortgage
servicing
rights
   

Other
assets

(b)

   

Total

Assets

   

Financial

derivatives

(b)

  Total
Liabilities

December 31, 2008

  $ 4,837     $ 125     $ 73     $ 1,400     $ 571     $ 6       $ 7,012     $ 22   $ 22

National City acquisition

    1,063       35       32       1       610       1,019     $ 40       2,800       16     16

Balance, January 1, 2009

    5,900       160       105       1,401       1,181       1,025       40       9,812       38     38

Total realized/unrealized gains or losses:

                   

Included in earnings (*)

    (130 )     162       (6 )     (58 )     (64 )     3       69       (24 )     61     61

Included in other comprehensive income

    495                 (10 )     485      

Purchases, issuances, and settlements, net

    (16 )     (150 )     10       (98 )     18       24       211       (1 )     2     2

Transfers into Level 3, net (at end of period)

    8,180       3       3               8,186      

March 31, 2009

  $ 14,429     $ 175     $ 112     $ 1,245     $ 1,135     $ 1,052     $ 310     $ 18,458     $ 101   $ 101

(*)    Attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to assets or liabilities held at March 31, 2009:

       

  $ 73     $ (3 )   $ (54 )   $ (67 )   $ (5 )     $ (56 )   $ 10   $ 10

 

     

Securities
available
for sale

(b)

   

Financial

derivatives

(b)

   

Commercial
mortgage
loans held
for sale

(c)

   

Equity
investments

(b)

   

Other
assets

(b)

  

Total

Assets

   

Financial

derivatives

(b)

    Total
Liabilities
 

December 31, 2007

   $ 285     $ 130     $ 2,018     $ 568     $ 4    $ 3,005     $ 326     $ 326  

Impact of SFAS 157 and SFAS 159 adoption

             2       2                      4                  

Balance, January 1, 2008

     285       132       2,020       568       4      3,009       326       326  

Total realized/unrealized gains or losses (a):

                 

Included in earnings (**)

       (31 )     (130 )     25          (136 )     (69 )     (69 )

Included in other comprehensive income

     (54 )              (54 )    

Purchases, issuances, and settlements, net

     2       (11 )     178       (48 )        121       (18 )     (18 )

March 31, 2008

   $ 233     $ 90     $ 2,068     $ 545     $ 4    $ 2,940     $ 239     $ 239  

(**) Attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to assets or liabilities held at March 31, 2008:

           $ (34 )   $ (130 )   $ 15            $ (149 )   $ (28 )   $ (28 )
(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) Carried at fair value prior to our adoption of SFAS 157.
(c) We elected the fair value option under SFAS 159 for this item.

 

73


Table of Contents

Net losses (realized and unrealized) relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities were $85 million for the first quarter of 2009. This amount included net unrealized losses of $66 million. The comparable losses for the first quarter of 2008 were $67 million and $121 million, respectively. These amounts were included in noninterest income in the Consolidated Income Statement.

During the first quarter of 2009, securities transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 exceeded securities transferred out by $8.2 billion. These primarily related to non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities where management determined that the volume and level of activity for these assets had significantly decreased. The lack of relevant market activity for these securities resulted in management incorporating the use of a discounted cash flow technique that includes assumptions management believes willing market participants would use to value the security under current market conditions. The assumptions used include prepayment projections, credit loss assumptions, and discount rates, which include a risk premium due to liquidity and uncertainty, that are based on both observable and unobservable inputs. We used the discounted cash flow analysis, in conjunction with other relevant pricing information obtained from either pricing services or broker quotes to establish the fair value that management believes is most representative under current market conditions. Other Level 3 assets include commercial mortgage loans held for sale, certain equity securities, auction rate securities, corporate debt securities, trading securities, certain private-issuer asset-backed securities, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights and other assets.

Details of available for sale and trading securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follow.

Fair Value Measurements—Available for sale and trading securities

 

     March 31, 2009
In millions    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total Fair
Value

Available for sale securities

             

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 2,591    $ 33       $ 2,624

Residential mortgage-backed – Agency

        23,421    $ 6      23,427

Residential mortgage-backed – Nonagency

           9,281      9,281

Commercial mortgage-backed

           3,428      3,428

Asset-backed

        170      1,319      1,489

State and municipal

        1,046      291      1,337

Other debt

            723      51      774

Total debt securities

     2,591      25,393      14,376      42,360

Corporate stocks and other

     167      60      53      280

Total securities available for sale

   $ 2,758    $ 25,453    $ 14,429    $ 42,640

Trading securities

             

Debt

   $ 89    $ 762    $ 87    $ 938

Equity

     85      39      25      149

Total trading securities

   $ 174    $ 801    $ 112    $ 1,087

 

74


Table of Contents

Detailed reconciliations of available for sale and trading securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the first quarter of 2009 follow.

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

   Residential
mortgage-
backed
Agency
    Residential
mortgage-
backed
Nonagency
    Commercial
mortgage-
backed
    Asset-
backed
    State and
municipal
    Other
debt
    Corporate
stocks and
other
   

Total

available
for sale
securities

     Trading
securities
debt
    Trading
securities
equity
 

December 31, 2008

     $ 3,304     $ 337     $ 833     $ 271     $ 34     $ 58     $ 4,837      $ 56     $ 17  

National City acquisition

   $ 7       899               59       50       48               1,063        26       6  

Balance, January 1, 2009

     7       4,203       337       892       321       82       58       5,900        82       23  

Total realized/unrealized gains or losses:

                       

Included in earnings (*)

       (110 )     (5 )     (11 )       (4 )       (130 )      (5 )     (1 )

Included in other comprehensive income

     (1 )     472       51       (24 )     2       (2 )     (3 )     495       

Purchases, issuances, and settlements, net

       25         (7 )     (6 )     (26 )     (2 )     (16 )      10    

Transfers into Level 3, net (at end of period)

       4,691       3,045       469       (26 )     1         8,180          3  

March 31, 2009

   $ 6     $ 9,281     $ 3,428     $ 1,319     $ 291     $ 51     $ 53     $ 14,429      $ 87     $ 25  

(*)    Attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to available for sale and trading securities held at March 31, 2009:

                                                                    $ (2 )   $ (1 )

 

Interest income earned from trading securities totaled $10 million in the first quarter of 2009 and $44 million in the first quarter of 2008 and is included in Other interest income in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Changes

We may be required to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment. The amounts below for nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale represent the carrying value of loans for which adjustments are primarily based on the appraised value of collateral or based on an observable market price, which often results in significant management

assumptions and input with respect to the determination of fair value. The fair value determination of the equity investment resulting in an impairment loss included below was based on observable market data for other comparable entities as adjusted for internal assumptions and unobservable inputs. The amounts below for commercial mortgage servicing rights reflect an impairment of certain strata of these assets at December 31, 2008 and recovery of a stratum during the first quarter of 2009. The fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates on servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds. Annually, this model is subject to an internal review process to validate controls and model results.


 

75


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements—Nonrecurring (a)

 

     Fair Value    Gains (Losses) for
three months ended
 
In millions    March 31
2009
   December 31
2008
   March 31
2009
    March 31
2008
 

Assets

              

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 509    $ 250    $ (146 )   $ (26 )

Loans held for sale

     26      101      (6 )     (8 )

Equity investment

     60      75      (43 )    

Commercial mortgage servicing rights (b)

     329      560      9      

Other assets

     80           (24 )    

Total assets

   $ 1,004    $ 986    $ (210 )   $ (34 )
(a) All Level 3.
(b) One stratum at fair value at March 31, 2009 and two strata at December 31, 2008.

 

Fair Value Option

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value under SFAS 159. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with the related hedges. It also eliminates the requirements of hedge accounting under SFAS 133. At origination, these loans were intended for securitization. As such, a synthetic securitization methodology was used historically to value the loans and the related unfunded commitments on an aggregate basis based upon current commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) market structures and conditions. Due to inactivity in the CMBS securitization market in 2008 and 2009, we now determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale under SFAS 159 by using a whole loan methodology. Fair value is determined using assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. When available, valuation assumptions included observable inputs based on whole loan sales in the quarter. Adjustments are made to these assumptions to account when uncertainties exist, including market conditions, and liquidity. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.   Credit risk was included as part of our valuation process for these loans by considering expected rates of return for market participants for similar loans in the marketplace.

At March 31, 2009, commercial mortgage loans held for sale for which the fair value option had been elected had an aggregate fair value of $1.2 billion and an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $1.5 billion. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2008 were $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively.

Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported in the Consolidated Income Statement in the caption Interest Income—Other. Net losses resulting from changes in

fair value of these loans of $58 million in the first quarter of 2009 and $130 million for the first quarter of 2008 were recorded in other noninterest income. The impact on earnings of offsetting economic hedges is not reflected in these amounts. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2008 were not material. The changes in fair value of these loans were partially offset by changes in the fair value of the related financial derivatives that economically hedged these loans.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We have elected to account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale at fair value on a recurring basis under SFAS 159. Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. These loans are regularly traded in active markets and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2. At March 31, 2009, residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the fair value option had been elected had an aggregate fair value and an outstanding principal balance of $2.2 billion. At December 31, 2008, these loans were acquired with National City and were valued at fair value pursuant to SFAS 141. Certain of these loans have been subsequently reclassified to portfolio loans. At March 31, 2009, residential mortgage loans held in portfolio had an aggregate fair value of $31 million and an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $34 million.


 

76


Table of Contents

Customer Resale Agreements and Bank Notes

We have elected to account for structured resale agreements and structured bank notes at fair value, which are economically hedged using free-standing financial derivatives.

The fair value for structured resale agreements and structured bank notes is determined using a model which includes observable market data as inputs such as interest rates. Readily observable market inputs to this model can be validated to external sources, including yield curves, implied volatility or other market related data. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2008 were not material. At March 31, 2009, structured resale agreements with an aggregate fair value of $1.1 billion were included in federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The aggregate outstanding principal balance at March 31, 2009 was $980 million. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2008 were $1.1 billion and $980 million, respectively. Interest income on structured resale agreements is reported in the Consolidated Income Statement in the caption Interest Income—Other.

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

Effective February 27, 2009, we elected to account for the approximately 2.9 million shares of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value. The Series C Preferred Stock will serve as an economic hedge of the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for as a derivative.

 

The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. This approach considers expectations of a default/liquidation event and the use of liquidity discounts based on our inability to sell the security at a fair, open market price in a timely manner. Although dividends are equal to common shares and other preferred series, significant restrictions exist on our ability to transfer the Series C shares for any purpose other than to satisfy the LTIP obligation. The aggregate fair value at March 31, 2009 was $272 million.

The changes in fair value included in noninterest income for items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Fair Value Option—Changes in Fair Value

 

Three months ended March 31    Total gains (losses) (a)  
In millions    2009     2008  

Assets

        

Customer resale agreements

   $ (7 )   $ 29  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     (58 )     (130 )

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     119      

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

     (3 )    

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

     61          
(a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.

 

77


Table of Contents

Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option for March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 follow.

Fair Value Option—Fair Value and Principal Balances

 

In millions    Fair Value    Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
   Difference  

March 31, 2009

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 1,064    $ 980    $ 84  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     2,185      2,156      29  

Loans 90 days or more past due

     39      47      (8 )

Nonaccrual loans

     2      5      (3 )

Total

     2,226      2,208      18  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,218      1,452      (234 )

Nonaccrual loans

     27      32      (5 )

Total

     1,245      1,484      (239 )

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

          

Performing loans

     15      15     

Loans 90 days or more past due

     9      11      (2 )

Nonaccrual loans

     7      8      (1 )

Total

   $ 31    $ 34    $ (3 )

December 31, 2008

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 1,072    $ 980    $ 92  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,376      1,572      (196 )

Nonaccrual loans

     24      27      (3 )

Total

   $ 1,400    $ 1,599    $ (199 )

 

78


Table of Contents

NOTE 9 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in goodwill and other intangible assets during the first quarter of 2009 follow:

Changes in Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    Goodwill     Customer-
Related
   

Servicing

Rights

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 8,868     $ 930     $ 1,890  

Additions/adjustments:

        

National City acquisition

       514       10  

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

         55  

BlackRock

     (11 )      

Other

     (2 )      

Impairment reversal

         19  

Amortization

       (62 )     (33 )

Balance at March 31, 2009

   $ 8,855     $ 1,382     $ 1,941  

An interim impairment test of goodwill was performed during the first quarter of 2009. This test did not result in any impairment. Changes in goodwill by business segment during the first quarter of 2009 follow:

Goodwill

 

In millions   

January 1

2009

  

Additions/

Adjustments

   

March 31

2009

Retail Banking

   $ 5,968    $ (915 )   $ 5,053

Corporate & Institutional Banking

     1,609      913       2,522

Global Investment Servicing

     1,233        1,233

BlackRock

     44      (11 )     33

Asset Management Group

     14        14

Total

   $ 8,868    $ (13 )   $ 8,855

Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and are subject to refinement as information relative to the fair values at that date becomes available.

As of March 31, 2009, no goodwill had been recognized in connection with the National City acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price may be further modified through 2009 as more information is obtained and exit plans are finalized which may result in goodwill being recognized in future periods.

Our investment in BlackRock changes when BlackRock repurchases its shares in the open market or issues shares for an acquisition or pursuant to its employee compensation plans. We adjust goodwill when BlackRock repurchases its shares at an amount greater (or less) than book value per share which results in an increase (or decrease) in our percentage ownership interest.

The gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of other intangible assets by major category consisted of the following:

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    March 31
2009
    December 31
2008
 

Customer-related and other intangibles

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,808     $ 1,291  

Accumulated amortization

     (426 )     (361 )

Net carrying amount

   $ 1,382     $ 930  

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 2,351     $ 2,286  

Valuation allowance

     (16 )     (35 )

Accumulated amortization

     (394 )     (361 )

Net carrying amount

   $ 1,941     $ 1,890  

Total

   $ 3,323     $ 2,820  

During the first quarter of 2009, adjustments were made to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the National City acquisition. This resulted in the recognition of $514 million of core deposit and other relationship intangibles at March 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, the values of these intangibles had been reduced by the allocation of negative goodwill.

While certain of our other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized primarily on a straight-line basis, certain core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis.

For customer-related intangibles, the estimated remaining useful lives range from less than one year to 14 years, with a weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately 11 years.

Changes in commercial mortgage servicing rights follow:

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2009     2008  

Balance at January 1

   $ 864     $ 694  

Additions

     22       13  

Impairment reversal

     19      

Amortization expense

     (31 )     (29 )

Balance at March 31

   $ 874     $ 678  

We recognize as an other intangible asset the right to service mortgage loans for others. Commercial mortgage servicing rights are purchased in the open market and originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. Commercial mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value. These rights are subsequently measured using the amortization method. Accordingly, the commercial mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income over a period of 5 to 10 years.

Commercial mortgage servicing rights are periodically evaluated for impairment. For purposes of impairment, the commercial mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on asset type, which characterizes the predominant risk of the


 

79


Table of Contents

underlying financial asset. If the carrying amount of any individual stratum exceeds its fair value, a valuation reserve is established with a corresponding charge to Corporate Services on our Consolidated Income Statement.

The fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using an internal valuation model. The model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates on servicing revenue and costs, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

Changes in the residential mortgage servicing rights follow:

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights (a)

 

In millions    2009  

Balance at January 1

   $ 1,008  

Additions:

    

From loans sold with servicing retained

     97  

Changes in fair value due to:

    

Time and payoffs (b)

     (73 )

Purchase accounting adjustments

     17  

Other (c)

     3  

Balance at March 31

   $ 1,052  

Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at March 31

   $ 168,444  
(a) The balance at January 1, 2008 and March 31, 2008 was $4 million, and the unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at March 31, 2008 was $356 million.
(b) Represents decrease in mortgage servicing rights value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that paid down or paid off during the period.
(c) Represents mortgage servicing rights value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

We recognize mortgage servicing right assets on residential real estate loans when we retain the obligation to service these loans upon sale and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. Mortgage servicing rights are subject to declines in value principally from actual or expected prepayments of the underlying loans. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of mortgage servicing rights with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase in value when the value of mortgage servicing rights declines.

 

The fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights is estimated by using third party software with internal valuation assumptions. The software calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows considering estimates on servicing revenue and costs, discount rates, prepayment speeds and future mortgage rates.

Revenue from mortgage and other loan servicing generated contractually specified servicing fees, net interest income from servicing portfolio deposit balances, and ancillary fees totaling $204 million for the first quarter of 2009 and $43 million for the first quarter of 2008. We also generate servicing revenue from fee-based activities provided to others.

Amortization expense on intangible assets for the first quarter of 2009 was $76 million and $54 million for the first quarter of 2008. Amortization expense on existing intangible assets for 2009 through 2014 is estimated to be as follows:

   

Remainder of 2009: $268 million,

   

2010: $302 million,

   

2011: $273 million,

   

2012: $260 million,

   

2013: $231 million, and

   

2014: $197 million.


 

80


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 LOAN SALES AND SECURITIZATIONS

Loan Sales

We sell residential and commercial mortgage loans to government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) and in certain instances to other third-party investors. The GSEs, such as Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), generally securitize our transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market. Generally, we do not retain any interest in the transferred loans other than mortgage servicing rights. Refer to Note 9 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further discussion on our residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights assets. During the first three months of 2009, residential and commercial mortgage loans sold totaled $6.3 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. During the first three months of 2008, commercial mortgage loans sold totaled $719 million. There were no residential mortgage loans sales in the first three months of 2008 as these activities were obtained through our acquisition of National City.

Our continuing involvement in these loan sales consists primarily of servicing and limited repurchase obligations for loan and servicer breaches in representations and warranties. Generally, we hold a cleanup call repurchase option for loans sold with servicing retained to the other third-party investors. In certain circumstances as servicer, we advance principal and interest payments to the GSEs and other third-party investors. Our risk of loss in these servicing advances is generally minimal.

We maintain a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased as a result of breaches in loan and servicer representations and warranties. We have also entered into recourse arrangements associated with commercial mortgage loans sold to FNMA and FHLMC. Refer to Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for further discussion on our repurchase liability and recourse arrangements. Our maximum exposure to loss in our loan sale activities is limited to these repurchase and recourse obligations.

In addition, for certain loans sold to GNMA and FNMA, we hold an option to repurchase individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. Without prior authorization from these GSEs, this option gives PNC the ability to repurchase the delinquent loan at par. Under SFAS 140, once we have the unilateral ability to repurchase the delinquent loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we are required to recognize the loan and a corresponding repurchase liability on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. At March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the balance of our repurchase option asset and liability totaled $996 million and $476 million, respectively.

 

Securitizations

In securitizations, loans are typically transferred to a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) that is demonstrably distinct from the transferor to transfer the risk from our Consolidated Balance Sheet. A QSPE is a bankruptcy-remote trust allowed to perform only certain passive activities. In addition, these entities are self-liquidating and in certain instances are structured as Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”) for tax purposes. The QSPEs are generally financed by issuing certificates for various levels of senior and subordinated tranches. QSPEs are exempt from consolidation under the provisions of FIN 46R.

Our securitization activities were primarily obtained through our acquisition of National City. Pools of credit card, automobile, and mortgage loans were securitized through QSPEs sponsored by National City. These QSPEs were financed primarily through the issuance and sale of beneficial interests to independent third parties and are not consolidated on our balance sheet. Consolidation of these QSPEs could occur if circumstances or events subsequent to the securitization transaction dates would cause the entities to lose their “qualified” status. No such events have occurred.

Qualitative and quantitative information about the securitization QSPEs and our retained interests in these transactions follow. Refer to our 2008 Form 10-K for discussion of our continuing involvement in these transactions.


 

81


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the assets and liabilities of the securitization QSPEs at March 31, 2009.

 

As of March 31, 2009    As of December 31, 2008
(In millions)    Credit Card    Automobile    Mortgage    Credit Card    Automobile    Mortgage

Assets (a)

   $ 2,017    $ 191    $ 297    $ 2,129    $ 250    $ 319

Liabilities

     1,824      191      297      1,824      250      319
(a) Represents period-end outstanding principal balances of loans transferred to the securitization QSPEs.

 

Credit Card Loans

Retained interests in the credit card securitizations consist of seller’s interest, an interest-only strip, and asset-backed securities issued by the credit card securitization QSPE. Seller’s interest is recognized in portfolio loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and totaled approximately $202 million at March 31, 2009 and $315 million at December 31, 2008. The interest-only strips are recognized in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and totaled approximately $18 million at March 31, 2009 and $20 million at December 31, 2008. The asset-backed securities are recognized in investment securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and totaled approximately $26 million at March 31, 2009 and $25 million at December 31, 2008. These retained interests represent the maximum exposure to loss associated with our involvement in these securitizations.

 

Automobile Loans

Retained interests in the automobile securitization consist of an interest-only strip and asset-backed securities issued by the automobile securitization QSPE. The interest-only strip and asset-backed securities are recognized in other assets and investment securities, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the fair value of the interest-only strip was $10 million and $9 million, respectively. At March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the fair value of the retained asset-backed securities totaled approximately $14 million and $15 million, respectively. These retained interests represent the maximum exposure to loss associated with our involvement in this securitization.


 

The following is a summary of owned and securitized loans, which are managed on a combined basis.

 

     March 31, 2009    December 31, 2008
In millions    Principal
Balance
   Loans Past
Due 30
Days or
More
   Net Credit Losses
for the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2009
   Principal
Balance
   Loans Past Due
30 Days or More

Loans managed

                  

Credit card

   $ 4,042    $ 195    $ 80    $ 4,061    $ 191

Automobile

     1,836      26      7      1,841      41

Jumbo mortgages

     1,028      159      3      866      78

Total loans managed

   $ 6,906    $ 380    $ 90    $ 6,768    $ 310

Less: Loans securitized

                  

Credit card

   $ 1,824    $ 77    $ 31    $ 1,824    $ 73

Automobile

     191      5      1      250      9

Jumbo mortgages

     297      5             319      5

Total loans securitized

   $ 2,312    $ 87    $ 32    $ 2,393    $ 87

Less: Loans held for securitization

                  

Jumbo mortgages

   $ 6            $ 9    $ 4

Loans held in portfolio

   $ 4,588    $ 293    $ 58    $ 4,366    $ 219

 

82


Table of Contents

Certain cash flows received from the securitization trusts follow:

 

     

Three Months Ended

March 31, 2009

In millions   

Credit

Card

   Automobile    Mortgage

Proceeds from collections reinvested in previous securitizations

   $ 870.7        

Servicing fees received

     9.1    $ .6    $ .2

Other cash flows received on interests that continue to be held

     29.8      .2       

The tables below present the weighted-average assumptions used to measure the fair values of our retained interests as of March 31, 2009. Fair value was determined by discounting the expected future cash flows of these assets. The sensitivity of these fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in key assumptions is also shown. These sensitivities are hypothetical. Changes in fair value based on a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interests is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

Credit Card Loans

 

March 31, 2009

Dollars in millions

   Fair
Value
  

Weighted-
Average
Life

(in months)

   Variable
Annual
Coupon
Rate To
Investors
    Monthly
Principal
Repayment
Rate
    Expected
Annual
Credit
Losses
    Annual
Discount
Rate
    Yield  

Interest-only strip (a)

                  

Decline in fair value:

   $ 17.6    3.4      1.27 %     16.92 %     5.97 %   15.00 %     12.45 %

10% adverse change

         $ .3     $ 1.3     $ 2.6       $ 5.6  

20% adverse change

               $ .4     $ 2.5     $ 5.0           $ 10.8  
(a) Series 2005-1, 2006-1, 2007-1, 2008-1, 2008-2, and 2008-3.

Automobile Loans

 

March 31, 2009

Dollars in millions

   Fair
Value
  

Weighted-
Average
Life

(in months)

   Monthly
Prepayment
Speed
(% ABS)
(a)
    Expected
Cumulative
Credit
Losses
    Annual
Discount
Rate
    Weighted-
Average
Coupon
 

Interest-only strip (b)

                

Decline in fair value:

   $ 9.8    2.9    1.26 %     1.49 %   12.00 %     7.06 %

10% adverse change

           $ .1       $ .3  

20% adverse change

                     $ .2           $ .5  
(a) Absolute prepayment speed.
(b) Series 2005-A.

 

83


Table of Contents

NOTE 11 CAPITAL SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS

Our capital securities of subsidiary trusts are described in Note 14 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts in our 2008 Form 10-K. All of these Trusts are wholly owned finance subsidiaries of PNC. In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or federal tax rules, the capital securities are redeemable. The financial statements of the Trusts are not included in PNC's consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

The obligations of the respective parent of each Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of such Trust under the terms of the Capital Securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on PNC’s overall ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, including an explanation of dividend and intercompany loan limitations, see Note 23 Regulatory Matters in our 2008 Form 10-K.

PNC is subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with Trust II and Trust III, as described in Note 3 Variable Interest Entities in our 2008 Form 10-K. PNC is also subject to dividend restrictions as a result of our issuance of preferred stock to the US Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program as described in Note 19 Shareholders’ Equity in our 2008 Form 10-K.

NOTE 12 CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

As described in Note 15 Employee Benefit Plans in our 2008 Form 10-K, we have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. The plan derives benefits from cash balance formulas based on compensation levels, age and length of service. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. National City had a qualified pension plan covering substantially all employees hired prior to April 1, 2006. Pension benefits are derived from a cash balance formula, whereby credits based on salary, age, and years of service are allocated to employee accounts. The National City plan was merged with our qualified pension plan on December 31, 2008. As of the plan merger date, no changes to either plan design or benefits occurred.

We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees. On December 31, 2008, the participants

of National City’s supplemental executive retirement plans became 100% vested due to the change in control. We also provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. The nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans are unfunded. The Company reserves the right to terminate or make plan changes at any time.

The components of our net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit cost for the first three months of 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

     Qualified
Pension Plan
    Nonqualified
  Retirement Plans  
   Postretirement
Benefits
 

Three months ended

March 31

In millions

   2009     2008     2009    2008    2009     2008  

Net periodic cost consists of:

                    

Service cost

   $ 23     $ 11     $ 1         $ 1     $ 1  

Interest cost

     54       22       4    $ 2      5       4  

Expected return on plan assets

     (66 )     (40 )              

Amortization of prior service cost

                   (1 )     (2 )

Amortization of actuarial losses

     20              1       

Net periodic cost (benefit)

   $ 31     $ (7 )   $ 5    $ 3    $ 5     $ 3  

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

As more fully described in Note 16 Stock-Based Compensation Plans in our 2008 Form 10-K, we have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted stock, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of the year. As of March 31, 2009, no stock appreciation rights were outstanding.

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

In addition to the regular annual grant of stock options, during the first quarter of 2009, we granted approximately 1.9 million of performance-based options to certain senior executives. While these options generally contain the same terms and conditions as previous option grants, cliff vesting will occur on or after the third anniversary from the grant date and only if certain financial and other performance conditions are met, primarily related to the successful integration of the National City transaction. These options were approved by the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.


 

84


Table of Contents

For purposes of computing stock option expense, we estimated the fair value of stock options primarily by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Option pricing models require the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are very subjective.

 

We used the following assumptions in the option pricing models to determine 2009 and 2008 stock option expense:

 

Weighted-average for the three months ended

March 31

   2009     2008  

Risk-free interest rate

   1.9 %   2.8 %

Dividend yield

   3.6     3.3  

Volatility

   27.2     18.2  

Expected life

   5.6  yrs.   5.5  yrs.

 

Stock option information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2009 follows.

 

     PNC    PNC Options
Converted From
National City
   Total
(In thousands, except weighted-average data)    Shares    

Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price

   Shares    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise
Price

   Shares    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise
Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   14,537     $ 63.39    1,744     $ 636.31    16,281     $ 124.75

Granted

   4,217       31.07           4,217       31.07

Cancelled

   (51 )     54.82    (117 )     614.81    (168 )     444.13

Outstanding at March 31, 2009

   18,703     $ 56.12    1,627     $ 637.86    20,330     $ 102.68

Exercisable at March 31, 2009

   11,236     $ 63.46    1,627     $ 637.86    12,863     $ 136.11

 

Total compensation expense recognized related to stock options during the first three months of 2009 and 2008 was $4 million in each quarter. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the first three months of 2009 and 2008 was $5.52 and $7.50 per option, respectively.

No stock options were exercised during the first three months of 2009. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize treasury stock for any future stock option exercises.

INCENTIVE/PERFORMANCE UNIT SHARE AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK/UNIT AWARDS

The fair value of nonvested incentive/performance unit share awards and restricted stock/unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock price on the date of grant. Incentive/performance unit share awards are subsequently valued subject to the achievement of one or more financial and other performance goals over a three-year period. The Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approves the final award payout with respect to incentive/performance unit share awards. Restricted stock/unit awards have various vesting periods ranging from 12 months to 60 months. There are no financial or performance goals associated with any of our restricted stock/unit awards.

We recognize compensation expense for such awards ratably over the corresponding vesting and/or performance periods for each type of program. Total compensation expense recognized related to incentive/performance unit share awards and restricted stock/unit awards during the first three months of 2009 was approximately $4 million compared with $11 million during the first three months in 2008.

 

A summary of nonvested incentive/performance unit shares and restricted stock/unit share activity follows:

 

Shares in thousands   

Nonvested
Incentive/

Performance
Unit Shares

    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
  

Nonvested
Restricted

Stock/
Unit
Shares

    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value

Dec. 31, 2008

   492     $ 61.63      1,735     $ 65.39

Granted

   7       30.33      985       33.05

Vested

   (192 )     64.27      (629 )     64.36

Forfeited

            (1 )     50.86
                     

March 31, 2009

   307     $ 59.31      2,090     $ 50.47

In the chart above, the weighted-average grant-date fair value of incentive/performance unit share awards is measured by reducing the grant date price by the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the underlying shares.

At March 31, 2009, there was $48 million of unrecognized deferred compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plans. This cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.

LIABILITY AWARDS

Beginning in 2008, we granted cash-payable restricted share units to certain executives. The grants were made primarily as part of an annual bonus incentive deferral plan. While there are time-based, service-related vesting criteria, there are no market or performance criteria associated with these awards. Compensation expense recognized related to these awards was recorded in prior periods as part of annual cash bonus criteria. As of March 31, 2009, there were 441,058 of these cash-payable restricted share units outstanding.


 

85


Table of Contents

A summary of all nonvested, cash-payable restricted share unit activity follows:

 

In thousands   

Nonvested
Cash-Payable

Restricted
Unit Shares

    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   202      

Granted

   645      

Vested and released

   (50 )    

Forfeited

   (10 )    
          

Outstanding at March 31, 2009

   787     $ 23,044

Total compensation expense recognized related to liability awards, including market valuation adjustments recorded during the first three months of 2009 on these awards, resulted in a net reduction to expense of approximately $2 million. The corresponding amount for the first three months of 2008 was approximately $1 million of net expense recognized for the quarter.

NOTE 13 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use a variety of derivative financial instruments to help manage interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. These instruments include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, futures contracts, and total return swaps. All derivatives are carried at fair value.

Derivatives Designated in SFAS 133 Hedge Relationships

We enter into interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures derivative contracts to hedge the fair value of bank notes, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, senior debt and subordinated debt for changes in interest rates. Adjustments related to the ineffective portion of fair value hedging instruments are recorded in interest expense or noninterest income depending on the hedged item.

We enter into interest rate swap contracts to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate changes. We hedged our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 10 years for hedges converting floating-rate commercial loans to fixed. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets or other liabilities and offset in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the effective portion of the derivatives. We subsequently reclassify any unrealized gains or losses related to these swap contracts from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into interest income in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Ineffectiveness of the strategies, if any, is recognized immediately in earnings.

During the next twelve months, we expect to reclassify to earnings $267 million of pretax net gains, or $173 million after-tax, on cash flow hedge derivatives currently reported in

accumulated other comprehensive loss. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates and the addition of other hedges subsequent to March 31, 2009. These net gains are anticipated to result from net cash flows on receive fixed interest rate swaps that would impact interest income recognized on the related floating rate commercial loans.

As of March 31, 2009 we have determined that there were no hedging positions where it was probable that certain forecasted transactions may not occur within the originally designated time period.

The ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value and cash flow hedge derivatives resulted in net gains of $11 million for the first three months of 2009 and $1 million for the first three months of 2008.

Derivatives Not Designated in SFAS 133 Hedge Relationships

The derivative portfolio also includes free standing derivative financial instruments not included in SFAS 133 hedging strategies. These derivatives are entered into for risk management and economic hedge purposes, to meet customer needs, and for proprietary purposes. They primarily consist of interest rate, basis and total rate of return swaps, interest rate caps, floors and futures contracts, credit default swaps, option and foreign exchange contracts and certain interest rate-locked loan origination commitments, as well as commitments to buy or sell mortgage loans.

We use these derivatives to manage interest rate and prepayment risk related to residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), and residential and commercial real estate loans held for sale.

We purchase credit default swaps (CDS) to mitigate the risk of economic loss on a portion of our loan exposure. We also sell loss protection to mitigate the net premium cost and the impact of mark-to-market accounting on CDS purchases to hedge the loan portfolio and to take proprietary trading positions. The fair values of these derivatives typically are based on related credit spreads.

Interest rate lock commitments, as well as commitments to buy or sell mortgage loans, that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on certain commercial and residential mortgage interest rate lock commitments as well as commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale is economically hedged with total rate of return swaps, pay-fixed interest rate swaps, credit derivatives and forward sales agreements. These contracts mitigate the impact on earnings of exposure to a certain referenced rate. The fair value of loan commitments is based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value of the loan commitment also


 

86


Table of Contents

takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right pursuant to SAB 109.

Basis swaps are agreements involving the exchange of payments, based on notional amounts, of two floating rate financial instruments denominated in the same currency, one tied to one reference rate and the other tied to a second reference rate (e.g., swapping payments tied to one-month LIBOR for payments tied to three-month LIBOR). We use these contracts to mitigate the impact on earnings of exposure to a certain referenced interest rate.

To accommodate customer needs, we also enter into financial derivative transactions primarily consisting of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions, and foreign exchange and equity contracts. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer positions through transactions with third-party dealers. The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies. We may obtain collateral based on our assessment of the customer’s credit quality.

Free-standing derivatives also include positions we take based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and the market based on stated risk management objectives. For derivatives not designated as an accounting hedge, the gain or loss is recognized in noninterest income.

Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

By purchasing and writing derivative contracts we are exposed to credit risk if the counterparties fail to perform. We seek to minimize credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures and collateral requirements. We generally enter into transactions with counterparties that carry high quality credit ratings. Nonperformance risk including credit risk is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value.

We enter into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest

rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. We will make/receive payments under these guarantees if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain credit agreements. Risk participation agreements entered into prior to July 1, 2003 were considered financial guarantees and therefore are not included in derivatives. Agreements entered into subsequent to June 30, 2003 are included in the derivatives table that follows. We determine that we meet our objective of reducing credit risk associated with certain counterparties to derivative contracts when the participation agreements share in their proportional credit losses of those counterparties.

We generally have established agreements with our major derivative dealer counterparties that provide for exchanges of marketable securities or cash to collateralize either party’s positions. At March 31, 2009, we held cash, which is included in other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, US government securities and mortgage-backed securities with a total fair value of $1.1 billion. We pledged cash, which is included in short-term investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, and US government securities of $1.1 billion under these agreements.

Contingent Features

Some of PNC’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require PNC’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies. If PNC‘s debt ratings were to fall below investment grade, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a liability position on March 31, 2009, is $1.1 billion for which PNC has posted collateral of $902 million in the normal course of business. The maximum amount of collateral PNC would be required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered on March 31, 2009, would be an additional $227 million.


 

87


Table of Contents

Total notional or contractual amounts and estimated net fair value for derivatives follow:

 

     Asset Derivatives        Liability Derivatives
     March 31, 2009    December 31, 2008        March 31, 2009    December 31, 2008
In millions    Notional/
Contract
Amount
   Fair
Value (a)
   Notional/
Contract
Amount
  

Fair

Value (a)

       Notional/
Contract
Amount
   Fair
Value (b)
   Notional/
Contract
Amount
  

Fair

Value (b)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133

                           

Interest rate contracts:

                           

Cash flow hedges

   $ 12,615    $ 541    $ 5,618    $ 527      $ 982    $ 3        

Fair value hedges

     13,651      1,206      8,975      889            $ 913    $ 1

Total

   $ 26,266    $ 1,747    $ 14,593    $ 1,416      $ 982    $ 3    $ 913    $ 1

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133

                           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 123,214    $ 4,715    $ 132,827    $ 6,351      $ 84,534    $ 4,696    $ 88,724    $ 5,573

Foreign exchange contracts

     4,203      216      4,272      331        4,164      196      4,749      323

Equity contracts

     313      51      520      72        351      57      503      76

Credit contracts:

                           

Credit default swaps

     1,686      293      1,936      287        1,014      105      1,001      82

Risk participation agreements

     1,762      4      1,350      3        1,921      4      1,940      3

Other contracts

           438      44        211      61        

Total

   $ 131,178    $ 5,279    $ 141,343    $ 7,088      $ 92,195    $ 5,119    $ 96,917    $ 6,057

Total derivatives

   $ 157,444    $ 7,026    $ 155,936    $ 8,504      $ 93,177    $ 5,122    $ 97,830    $ 6,058
(a) Included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

88


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments and related hedged items follow:

Derivatives Designated in SFAS 133 Hedge Relationships

Fair Value Hedges

 

Three months ended

March 31, 2009

In millions

               Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivatives
    Gain (Loss) on
Related Hedged
Items Recognized
in Income
 
      Hedged Items    Location    Amount     Amount  

Interest rate contracts

   Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings    Borrowed funds (interest expense)    $ (5 )   $ (30 )

Interest rate contracts

   Subordinated debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)      22       (66 )

Interest rate contracts

   Bank notes and senior debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)      (32 )     16  

Total

             $ (15 )   $ (80 )

Cash Flow Hedges

 

Three months ended

March 31, 2009

In millions

   Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in
OCI (Effective Portion)
   Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
   

Gain (Loss) Recognized in

Income on Derivatives

Ineffective Portion and

Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing (a)

      Amount    Location    Amount     Location    Amount

Interest rate contracts

   $ 5    Interest income    $ (2 )   Noninterest income    $ 2
(a) Total represents $2 million related to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationships.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Three months ended March 31, 2009

In millions

   Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Noninterest Income on Derivatives
 

Interest rate contracts

   $ 157  

Foreign exchange contracts

     50  

Equity contracts

     (4 )

Credit contracts

     39  

Other contracts

     36  

Total

   $ 278  

 

89


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth basic and diluted earnings per common share calculations:

 

    

Three months ended

March 31

 
In millions, except share and per share data    2009      2008  

Basic

     

Net income

   $ 530      $ 384  

Less:

     

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     4        7  

Dividends distributed to common shareholders

     292        214  

Dividends distributed to preferred shareholders

     51     

Preferred stock discount accretion

     15           

Undistributed net income

   $ 168      $ 163  

Percentage of undistributed income allocated to common shares

     99.7 %      99.5 %

Undistributed income allocated to common shares

   $ 167      $ 162  

Plus common dividends

     292        214  

Net income applicable to basic common shares

   $ 459      $ 376  

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     443,049        339,196  

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.04      $ 1.11  

Diluted

     

Net income applicable to basic common shares

   $ 459      $ 376  

Less: BlackRock common stock equivalents

     1        4  

Net income applicable to diluted common shares

   $ 458      $ 372  

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     443,049        339,196  

Weighted-average common shares to be issued:

     

Convertible preferred stock

     541        582  

Convertible debentures

        2  

Stock options (a)

        1,001  

Warrants (b)

     

Other performance awards

     147        197  

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     443,737        340,978  

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.03      $ 1.09  

(a)    Excludes stock options considered to be anti-dilutive (in thousands)

     20,402        8,061  

(b)    Excludes warrants considered to be anti-dilutive (in thousands)

     19,407     

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income applicable to common stockholders. The two-class method requires undistributed earnings for the period, which represents net income less common and participating security dividends (if applicable) declared or paid, to be allocated between the common and participating security stockholders based upon their respective rights to receive dividends. Participating securities include unvested restricted shares that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends. Income applicable to common stockholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per common share takes into consideration common stock equivalents issuable pursuant to convertible preferred stock, convertible debentures, warrants, unexercised stock options and unvested shares/units. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two class method.

Our adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 did not have a material effect on either our basic or diluted earnings per share.

 

90


Table of Contents

NOTE 15 TOTAL EQUITY AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Activity in total equity for the first three months of 2009 follows. The par value of our preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 2009 totaled less than $.5 million and, therefore, is excluded from the table.

 

          Shareholder’s Equity                
In millions, except per share data  

Shares
Outstanding

Common
Stock

  Common
Stock
  Capital
Surplus –
Preferred
Stock
  Capital
Surplus –
Common
Stock
and
Other
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  443   $ 2,261   $ 7,918   $ 8,328     $ 11,461     $ (3,949 )   $ (597 )   $ 2,226     $ 27,648  

Cumulative effect of adopting FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2

                            110       (110 )                        

Balance at January 1, 2009

  443     2,261     7,918     8,328       11,571       (4,059 )     (597 )     2,226       27,648  

Net income

              526             4       530  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                     

Other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities

                (315 )           (315 )

Net unrealized securities gains

                1,053             1,053  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

                4             4  

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments

                36             36  

Other (a)

                                    (8 )                     (8 )

Comprehensive income

                                                    4       1,300  

Cash dividends declared

                     

Common ($.66 per share)

              (293 )             (293 )

Preferred

              (51 )             (51 )

Preferred stock discount accretion

          15       (15 )          

Common stock activity

            1                 1  

Treasury stock activity

  2         (114 )         147         33  

Tax benefit of stock option plans

            5                 5  

Stock options granted

            4                 4  

Effect of BlackRock equity transactions

            46                 46  

Restricted stock/unit and incentive/ performance unit share transactions

            14                 14  

Other

                      (51 )     (51 )

Balance at March 31, 2009

  445   $ 2,261   $ 7,933   $ 8,284     $ 11,738     $ (3,289 )   $ (450 )   $ 2,179     $ 28,656  

Comprehensive loss for the first three months of 2008 was $255 million.

A summary of the components of the change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) follows:

 

Three months ended March 31, 2009

In millions

   Pretax     Tax (Expense)
Benefit
    After-tax  

Change in net unrealized securities losses:

      

Decrease in net unrealized losses on securities held at period end

   $ 1,705     $ (617 )   $ 1,088  

Less: Net gains realized in net income (b)

     56       (21 )     35  

Change in net unrealized securities losses

     1,649       (596 )     1,053  

Cumulative effect of adopting FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2

     (174 )     64       (110 )

Net increase in other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities

     (500 )     185       (315 )

Change in other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities

     (674 )     249       (425 )

Change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives:

      

Increase in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     13       (5 )     8  

Less: Net gains realized in net income

     7       (3 )     4  

Change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     6       (2 )     4  

Change in pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments

     56       (20 )     36  

Change in other (a)

     (17 )     9       (8 )

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 1,020     $ (360 )   $ 660  

The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
In millions    Pretax     After-tax     Pretax     After-tax  

Net unrealized securities losses

   $ (4,083 )   $ (2,573 )   $ (5,732 )   $ (3,626 )

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities

     (674 )     (425 )    

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     598       378       592       374  

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments

     (999 )     (631 )     (1,055 )     (667 )

Other, net (a)

     (95 )     (38 )     (78 )     (30 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (5,253 )   $ (3,289 )   $ (6,273 )   $ (3,949 )
(a) Consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and deferred tax adjustments on BlackRock’s other comprehensive income.
(b) The pretax amount represents net unrealized gains at December 31, 2008 that were realized in 2009 when the related securities were sold. This amount differs from net securities losses included in the Consolidated Income Statement primarily because it does not include gains or losses realized on securities that were purchased and then sold during 2009.

 

91


Table of Contents

TARP WARRANT

As previously disclosed in our 2008 Form 10-K, on December 31, 2008, we issued $7.6 billion of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series N, to the US Treasury under the US Treasury’s Trouble Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, together with a warrant to purchase shares of common stock of PNC.

The proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock to the US Treasury were allocated based on the relative fair value of the warrant as compared to the fair value of the preferred stock. The fair value of the warrant was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The model incorporates assumptions regarding our common stock price, dividend yield, stock price volatility, as well as assumptions regarding the risk-free interest rate. Using this model, the warrant was valued at $304 million at December 31, 2008 and was included in Capital surplus – common stock and other on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The fair value of the preferred stock was determined based on assumptions regarding the discount rate (market rate) on the preferred stock, which was estimated to be approximately 13%. The discount on the preferred stock is being accreted to par value using a constant effective yield of 6% over a five-year period, which was the expected life of the preferred stock at issuance. The accretion of discount on these shares increased Capital surplus – preferred stock and reduced Retained earnings on our Consolidated Balance Sheet by approximately $13.5 million at March 31, 2009.

NOTE 16 SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF BLACKROCK

As required by SEC Regulation S-X, summarized consolidated financial information of BlackRock follows.

 

In millions    Three months ended
March 31
 
      2009     2008  

Total revenue

   $ 987     $ 1,300  

Total expenses

     716       904  

Operating income

     271       396  

Non-operating income (expense)

     (179 )     (20 )

Income before income taxes

     92       376  

Income tax expense

     30       130  

Net income

     62       246  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     (22 )     5  

Net income attributable to BlackRock

   $ 84     $ 241  

NOTE 17 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The disclosure below updates the description of legal proceedings in Note 24 Legal Proceedings in Part II, Item 8 of our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

National City Matters

Visa In April 2009, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended and supplemental complaints. See Note 18

Commitments and Guarantees for additional information regarding indemnification relating to this litigation.

ERISA Cases.

In the lawsuit filed in February 2009 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in May 2009.

Securities and State Law Fiduciary Cases.

   

In the lawsuit filed in May 2008 on behalf of an individual plaintiff in the Franklin County, Ohio, Court of Common Pleas against National City, certain directors of National City, and Corsair Co-Invest, L.P. and unnamed other investors participating in the April 2008 capital infusion into National City, the motion to dismiss the case has been denied.

Sterling Financial Corporation Matters

Settlement of the consolidated class action lawsuit pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania has been preliminarily approved by the court. A hearing on final approval is scheduled for August 2009. The amount of this settlement would not be material to PNC.

NOTE 18 COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

EQUITY FUNDING AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

Our unfunded commitments at March 31, 2009 included private equity investments of $516 million and other investments of $159 million.

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

We issue standby letters of credit and have risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes. Net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $10.3 billion at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Based on PNC’s internal risk rating process for standby letters of credit as of March 31, 2009, 85% of net outstanding balance had internal credit ratings of pass, indicating the expected risk of loss is currently low compared to 88% as of December 31, 2008, while 15% of the net outstanding balance as of March 31, 2009 had internal risk ratings below pass, indicating a higher degree of risk of default compared to 12% as of December 31, 2008.

If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon the request of the guaranteed party, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances outstanding on March 31, 2009 had terms ranging from less than one year to nine years. The aggregate


 

92


Table of Contents

maximum amount of future payments PNC could be required to make under outstanding standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $13.7 billion at March 31, 2009, of which $4.8 billion support remarketing programs.

As of March 31, 2009, assets of approximately $.9 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. Approximately $3.4 billion in recourse provisions from third parties was also available for this purpose as of March 31, 2009. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit and letter of credit risk participations issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $163 million at March 31, 2009.

STANDBY BOND PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND OTHER LIQUIDITY FACILITIES

We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations. At March 31, 2009, the aggregate of our commitments under these facilities was $469 million. We also enter into certain other liquidity facilities to support individual pools of receivables acquired by commercial paper conduits including Market Street. At March 31, 2009, our total commitments under these facilities were $6.3 billion, of which $6.1 billion was related to Market Street.

INDEMNIFICATIONS

As further described in our 2008 Form 10-K, we are a party to numerous acquisition or divestiture agreements under which we have purchased or sold, or agreed to purchase or sell, various types of assets. These agreements generally include indemnification provisions under which we indemnify the third parties to these agreements against a variety of risks to the indemnified parties as a result of the transaction in question. When PNC is the seller, the indemnification provisions will generally also provide the buyer with protection relating to the quality of the assets we are selling and the extent of any liabilities being assumed by the buyer. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

We provide indemnification in connection with securities offering transactions in which we are involved. When we are the issuer of the securities, we provide indemnification to the underwriters or placement agents analogous to the indemnification provided to the purchasers of businesses from us, as described above. When we are an underwriter or placement agent, we provide a limited indemnification to the issuer related to our actions in connection with the offering and, if there are other underwriters, indemnification to the other underwriters intended to result in an appropriate sharing of the risk of participating in the offering. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

 

As further described in our 2008 Form 10-K, we enter into certain types of agreements that include provisions for indemnifying third parties. We also enter into certain types of agreements, including leases, assignments of leases, and subleases, in which we agree to indemnify third parties for acts by our agents, assignees and/or sublessees, and employees. We also enter into contracts for the delivery of technology service in which we indemnify the other party against claims of patent and copyright infringement by third parties. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot calculate our aggregate potential exposure under them.

We engage in certain insurance activities which require our employees to be bonded. We satisfy this bonding requirement by issuing letters of credit which were insignificant at March 31, 2009.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties under which the third parties provide services on behalf of PNC. In many of these contracts, we agree to indemnify the third party service provider under certain circumstances. The terms of the indemnity vary from contract to contract and the amount of the indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

We are a general or limited partner in certain asset management and investment limited partnerships, many of which contain indemnification provisions that would require us to make payments in excess of our remaining funding commitments. While in certain of these partnerships the maximum liability to us is limited to the sum of our unfunded commitments and partnership distributions received by us, in the others the indemnification liability is unlimited. As a result, we cannot determine our aggregate potential exposure for these indemnifications.

Pursuant to their bylaws, PNC and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to directors, officers and, in some cases, employees and agents against certain liabilities incurred as a result of their service on behalf of or at the request of PNC and its subsidiaries. PNC and its subsidiaries also advance on behalf of covered individuals costs incurred in connection with certain claims or proceedings, subject to written undertakings by each such individual to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the individual is not entitled to indemnification. We generally are responsible for similar indemnifications and advancement obligations that companies we acquire had to their officers, directors and sometimes employees and agents at the time of acquisition. We advanced such costs on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during 2008 and on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during the first quarter of 2009. It is not possible for us to determine the aggregate potential exposure resulting from the obligation to provide this indemnity or to advance such costs.


 

93


Table of Contents

In connection with the lending of securities facilitated by Global Investment Servicing as an intermediary on behalf of certain of its clients, we provide indemnification to those clients against the failure of the borrowers to return the securities. The market value of the securities lent is fully secured on a daily basis; therefore, the exposure to us is limited to temporary shortfalls in the collateral as a result of short-term fluctuations in trading prices of the loaned securities. At March 31, 2009, the total maximum potential exposure as a result of these indemnity obligations was $5.3 billion, although the collateral at the time exceeded that amount.

VISA INDEMNIFICATION

Our payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (Visa).

In October 2007 Visa completed a restructuring and issued shares of Visa Inc. common stock to its financial institution members (Visa Reorganization) in contemplation of its initial public offering (IPO). As part of the Visa Reorganization, we received our proportionate share of a class of Visa Inc. common stock allocated to the US members. Prior to the IPO, the US members, which included PNC, were obligated to indemnify Visa for judgments and settlements related to the specified litigation. We continue to have an obligation to indemnify Visa for judgments and settlements for the remaining specified litigation.

As a result of the acquisition of National City, we became party to judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks. The judgment and loss sharing agreements were designed to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the specified litigation.

As a result of the indemnification provision in Section 2.05j of the Visa By-Laws and/or the indemnification provided through the judgment and loss sharing agreements, PNC’s Visa indemnification liability at March 31, 2009 totaled $260 million.

RECOURSE AGREEMENTS

We are authorized to originate, underwrite, close to fund and service commercial mortgage loans and then sell them to FNMA under FNMA’s DUS program. We have similar arrangements with FHLMC.

Under these programs, we generally assume up to one-third of the risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At March 31, 2009, the potential exposure to loss was $5.9 billion. Accordingly, we maintain a reserve for such potential losses which approximates the fair value of this exposure. At March 31, 2009, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $19.3 billion. The approximate fair value of the loss share arrangement in the form of reserves for losses under

these programs, totaled $118 million as of March 31, 2009 and is included in other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. The serviced loans are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We sell residential mortgage loans and National City previously sold home equity loans/lines of credit pursuant to agreements which contain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral, and insurability. On a regular basis, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. Upon completion of its own investigation as to the validity of the claim, PNC will repurchase or provide indemnification on such loans. Indemnification requests are generally received within two years subsequent to the date of sale.

Management maintains a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased, or on which indemnification is expected to be provided, and regularly evaluates the adequacy of this recourse liability based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. At March 31, 2009 the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims was $527 million.

CAPTIVE INSURANCE RESERVE

We have six wholly owned captive insurance subsidiaries which provide reinsurance to third-party insurers. These subsidiaries enter into various types of reinsurance agreements with third-party insurers where the subsidiary assumes the risk of loss through either an excess transfer or quota share agreement up to 100% reinsurance. In excess transfer agreements, these subsidiaries assume the risk of loss for an excess layer of coverage up to specified limits, once a defined first loss percentage is met. In quota share agreements, the subsidiaries and third-party insurers share the responsibility for payment of all claims. Reserves were recognized for probable losses on these policies of $309 million at March 31, 2009 and $207 million at December 31, 2008. The aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits for all reinsurance contracts was $2.1 billion as of March 31, 2009.

OTHER GUARANTEES

We write caps and floors for customers, risk management and proprietary trading purposes. At March 31, 2009, the fair value of the written caps and floors liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $12 million. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. We manage our market risk exposure from customer positions through transactions with third-party dealers.


 

94


Table of Contents

We enter into single name and index traded credit default swaps under which we buy loss protection from or sell loss protection to a counterparty for the occurrence of a credit event of a referenced entity. The fair value of the contracts sold on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was a net liability of $104 million at March 31, 2009 compared to $80 million at December 31, 2008. The maximum amount we would be required to pay under the credit default swaps in which we sold protection, assuming all reference obligations experience a credit event at a total loss, without recoveries, was $922 million at March 31, 2009 compared to $955 million at December 31, 2008.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

 

March 31, 2009

Dollars in millions

   Notional
amount
   Estimated
net fair
value
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years

Credit Default

Swaps – Guarantees

         

Single name

   $ 240    $ (48 )   3.75

Index traded

     682      (56 )   4.41

Total (a)

   $ 922    $ (104 )   4.24

Credit Default

Swaps – Beneficiaries

         

Single name

   $ 923    $ 83     3.75

Index traded

     855      209     31.39

Total (b)

   $ 1,778    $ 292     17.04

Total (c)

   $ 2,700    $ 188     12.67
(a) Includes $857 million of investment grade credit default swaps with a rating of Baa3 or above and $65 million of subinvestment grade based on published rating agency information.
(b) Includes $1.5 billion of investment grade credit default swaps with a rating of Baa3 or above and $239 million of subinvestment grade based on published rating agency information.
(c) The referenced/underlying assets for these credit default swaps is approximately 72% corporate debt, 25% commercial mortgage backed securities and 3% related to loans.

 

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

 

December 31, 2008

Dollars in millions

   Notional
amount
   Estimated
net fair
value
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years

Credit Default

Swaps – Guarantees

         

Single name

   $ 278    $ (38 )   3.84

Index traded

     677      (42 )   4.84

Total (a)

   $ 955    $ (80 )   4.54

Credit Default

Swaps – Beneficiaries

         

Single name

   $ 974    $ 84     3.82

Index traded

     1,008      201     31.82

Total (b)

   $ 1,982    $ 285     18.06

Total (c)

   $ 2,937    $ 205     13.67
(a) Includes $883 million of investment grade credit default swaps with a rating of Baa3 or above and $72 million of subinvestment grade based on published rating agency information.
(b) Includes $1.7 billion of investment grade credit default swaps with a rating of Baa3 or above and $263 million of subinvestment grade based on published rating agency information.
(c) The referenced/underlying assets for these credit default swaps is approximately 70% corporate debt, 27% commercial mortgage backed securities and 3% related to loans.

We have also entered into various contingent performance guarantees through credit risk participation arrangements with terms ranging from less than one year to 22 years. As of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 the notional amount of risk participations agreements was $1.9 billion with a weighted-average remaining maturity of 3 years. The fair value of these agreements as of March 31, 2009 on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was a net liability of $4 million compared with December 31, 2008 of $3 million. Based on the Corporation’s internal risk rating process, 95% of the notional amount of the risk participations agreements outstanding had underlying swap counterparties with internal credit ratings of pass, indicating the expected risk of loss is currently low, while 5% had underlying swap counterparties with internal risk ratings below pass, indicating a higher degree of risk of default compared to December 31, 2008 of 98% and 2%, respectively. We will be required to make payments under these guarantees if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain credit agreements with third parties. Assuming all underlying swap counterparties defaulted, the maximum potential exposure from these agreements as of March 31, 2009 would be $122 million based on the fair value of the underlying swaps compared with December 31, 2008 of $128 million.


 

95


Table of Contents

NOTE 19 SEGMENT REPORTING

In the first quarter of 2009, we made changes to our business organization structure and management reporting in conjunction with the acquisition of National City. As a result, we now have seven reportable business segments which include:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Global Investment Servicing

   

Distressed Assets Portfolio

Business segment results for the first quarter of 2008 have been reclassified to present prior periods on the same basis.

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our management accounting practices and management structure. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We refine our methodologies from time to time as our management accounting practices are enhanced and our businesses and management structure change.

Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. As permitted under GAAP, we have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors. Capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to the banking and servicing businesses using our risk-based economic capital model. We have assigned capital to Retail Banking equal to 6% of funds to reflect the capital required for well-capitalized domestic banks and to approximate market comparables for this business. The capital assigned for Global Investment Servicing reflects its legal entity shareholder’s equity.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk inherent in each business segment’s loan portfolio. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated results. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category in the business segment tables. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such

as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions including LTIP share distributions and obligations, earnings and gains or losses related to Hilliard Lyons for the first quarter of 2008, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses and certain trading activities, equity management activities, alternative investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.

BUSINESS SEGMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, trust, investment management, and cash management services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, call centers and the internet. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Washington, DC, Maryland, Virginia, Delaware, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Missouri, Florida, and Wisconsin.

Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized corporations, government entities, and selectively to large corporations. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting, and global trade services. Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory and related services to middle-market companies, securities underwriting, and securities sales and trading. Corporate & Institutional Banking also provides commercial loan servicing, and real estate advisory and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Corporate & Institutional Banking provides products and services generally within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally.

Asset Management Group includes personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth and institutional asset management clients. Personal wealth management products and services include customized investment management, financial planning, private banking, tailored credit solutions as well as trust management and administration for affluent individuals and families. Institutional asset management provides investment management, custody, and retirement planning services. The clients served include corporations, unions and charitable endowments and foundations, located primarily in our geographic footprint. This segment includes the asset


 

96


Table of Contents

management businesses acquired with National City and the legacy PNC wealth management business previously included in Retail Banking.

Residential Mortgage Banking directly originates first lien residential mortgage loans on a nationwide basis with a significant presence within the retail banking footprint and also originates loans through joint venture partners. Mortgage loans represent loans collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate and are made to borrowers in good credit standing. These loans are typically underwritten to third party standards and sold to primary mortgage market aggregators (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and third-party investors) with servicing retained. The mortgage servicing operation performs all functions related to servicing first mortgage loans for various investors. Certain loans originated through our joint ventures are serviced by a joint venture partner.

BlackRock is one of the largest publicly traded investment management firms in the United States. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of fixed income, cash management, equity and balanced alternative investment products and advisory separate accounts and funds. In addition, BlackRock provides risk management, investment system outsourcing and financial advisory services globally to institutional investors. At March 31, 2009, our share of BlackRock’s earnings was approximately 31.5%.

 

Global Investment Servicing is a leading provider of processing, technology and business intelligence services to asset managers, broker-dealers, and financial advisors worldwide. Securities services include custody, securities lending, and accounting and administration for funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and alternative investments. Investor services include transfer agency, subaccounting, banking transaction services, and distribution. Financial advisor services include managed accounts and information management. This business segment services shareholder accounts both domestically and internationally. International locations include Ireland, Poland and Luxembourg.

Distressed Assets Portfolio includes residential real estate development loans, cross-border leases, subprime residential mortgage loans, brokered home equity loans and certain other residential real estate loans. These loans require special servicing and management oversight given current market conditions. The majority of these loans are from acquisitions, primarily National City.


 

97


Table of Contents

Results Of Businesses

 

Three months ended March 31

In millions

  Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
    Asset
Management
Group
  Residential
Mortgage
Banking
    BlackRock   Global
Investment
Servicing
    Distressed
Assets
Portfolio
    Other     Consolidated

2009

                   

Income Statement

                   

Net interest income (expense)

  $ 928     $ 1,033     $ 100   $ 87       $ (15 )   $ 364     $ (192 )   $ 2,305

Noninterest income

    517       274       155     440     $ 26     205       13       (64 )     1,566

Total revenue

    1,445       1,307       255     527       26     190       377       (256 )     3,871

Provision for credit losses

    303       285       17     (9 )         259       25       880

Depreciation and amortization

    68       38       11     2         18         82       219

Other noninterest expense

    995       416       160     171             157       80       130       2,109

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

    79       568       67     363       26     15       38       (493 )     663

Income taxes (benefit)

    23       194       29     137       3     5       15       (273 )     133

Earnings (loss)

  $ 56     $ 374     $ 38   $ 226     $ 23   $ 10     $ 23     $ (220 )   $ 530

Inter-segment revenue

  $ (2 )   $ 4     $ 4   $ 5     $ 4   $ 5     $ (4 )   $ (16 )      

Average Assets (a)

  $ 66,358     $ 93,048     $ 7,405   $ 7,208     $ 4,295   $ 2,479     $ 23,019     $ 77,040     $ 280,852

2008

                   

Income Statement

                   

Net interest income (expense)

  $ 405     $ 298     $ 32       $ (10 )     $ 129     $ 854

Noninterest income

    336       11       113           $ 81     238               188       967

Total revenue

    741       309       145       81     228         317       1,821

Provision for credit losses

    94       56       1               151

Depreciation and amortization

    29       6       2         18         29       84

Other noninterest expense

    393       239       83                   164               72       951

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

    225       8       59       81     46         216       635

Income taxes (benefit)

    88       (17 )     22             21     17               120       251

Earnings

  $ 137     $ 25     $ 37           $ 60   $ 29             $ 96     $ 384

Inter-segment revenue

  $ 1     $ 3     $ 4           $ 4   $ 6             $ (18 )      

Average Assets (a)

  $ 32,604     $ 45,020     $ 2,795           $ 4,357   $ 2,699             $ 53,080     $ 140,555
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock and Global Investment Servicing.

Certain revenue and expense amounts shown in the preceding table differ from amounts included in the Business Segments Review section of Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q due to the presentation in Item 2 of business revenues on a taxable-equivalent basis, the inclusion of first quarter 2008 Albridge Solutions and Coates Analytics integration costs in "Other" in the Item 2 presentation, and classification differences related to Global Investment Servicing. Global Investment Servicing income classified as net interest income (expense) in the preceding table represents the interest components of other nonoperating income (net of nonoperating expense) and debt financing as disclosed in the Business Segments Review section.

 

98


Table of Contents

STATISTICAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

 

      First Quarter 2009     Fourth Quarter 2008  

Taxable-equivalent basis

Dollars in millions

   Average
Balances
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Yields/
Rates
    Average
Balances
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Yields/
Rates
 

Assets

              

Interest-earning assets:

              

Investment securities

              

Securities available for sale

              

Residential mortgage-backed

              

Agency

   $ 23,065     $ 315    5.46 %   $ 11,994     $ 161    5.37 %

Nonagency

     13,140       184    5.59       11,963       163    5.45  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     4,252       61    5.70       5,428       75    5.55  

Asset-backed

     2,031       49    9.76       2,768       36    5.11  

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

     1,222       7    2.38       32       1    6.30  

State and municipal

     1,334       20    5.87       1,070       14    5.42  

Other debt

     684       7    4.00       320       4    4.78  

Corporate stocks and other

     457       1    .92       358       1    1.65  

Total securities available for sale

     46,185       644    5.57       33,933       455    5.36  

Securities held to maturity

     3,402       49    5.85       1,596       23    5.95  

Total investment securities

     49,587       693    5.59       35,529       478    5.39  

Loans

              

Commercial

     67,232       870    5.18       33,062       447    5.29  

Commercial real estate

     25,622       404    6.30       9,582       124    5.09  

Equipment lease financing

     6,406       93    5.79       2,563       21    3.20  

Consumer

     52,618       724    5.58       21,645       280    5.15  

Residential mortgage

     21,921       383    6.99       8,597       126    5.88  

Total loans

     173,799       2,474    5.72       75,449       998    5.22  

Loans held for sale

     4,521       65    5.80       1,915       36    7.46  

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     1,610       11    2.70       1,591       11    2.67  

Other

     14,728       32    .89       3,135       28    3.46  

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

     244,245       3,275    5.38       117,619       1,551    5.22  

Noninterest-earning assets:

              

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (4,095 )          (1,084 )     

Cash and due from banks

     3,832            2,293       

Other

     36,870            24,281       

Total assets

   $ 280,852          $ 143,109       

Liabilities and Equity

              

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Interest-bearing deposits

              

Money market

   $ 52,828       200    1.54     $ 29,450       133    1.81  

Demand

     22,156       23    .42       10,252       16    .60  

Savings

     6,266       4    .28       2,668       2    .27  

Retail certificates of deposit

     57,970       293    2.05       16,767       136    3.23  

Other time

     10,670       24    .88       4,798       40    3.22  

Time deposits in foreign offices

     3,832       2    .25       4,748       6    .50  

Total interest-bearing deposits

     153,722       546    1.44       68,683       333    1.92  

Borrowed funds

              

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     5,016       5    .42       5,979       13    .82  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     17,097       85    1.99       9,710       85    3.45  

Bank notes and senior debt

     13,384       146    4.36       5,120       40    3.08  

Subordinated debt

     10,439       161    6.16       5,090       56    4.32  

Other

     1,944       12    2.62       4,087       24    2.35  

Total borrowed funds

     47,880       409    3.42       29,986       218    2.86  

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

     201,602       955    1.91       98,669       551    2.21  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:

              

Demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits

     38,489            18,809       

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     344            127       

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11,872            10,634       

Equity

     28,545            14,870       

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 280,852                  $ 143,109               

Interest rate spread

        3.47          3.01  

Impact of noninterest-bearing sources

                  .34                    .36  

Net interest income/margin

           $ 2,320    3.81 %           $ 1,000    3.37 %

Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding SFAS 115 adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in trading noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities.

 

99


Table of Contents

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis (Continued)

 

Third Quarter 2008     Second Quarter 2008     First Quarter 2008  

Average

Balances

  

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Average

Yields/

Rates

   

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Average

Yields/

Rates

   

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

  

Average

Yields/

Rates

 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   

$10,744

   $ 149    5.53 %   $ 8,631     $ 116    5.38 %   $ 8,611     $ 119    5.50 %

12,180

     164    5.40       12,182       168    5.54       11,895       162    5.46  

5,863

     79    5.39       5,838       79    5.42       5,538       74    5.32  

3,522

     44    5.02       3,363       42    4.96       2,849       37    5.25  

32

      2.31       47       1    4.20       90       1    5.97  

798

     8    3.97       773       7    3.39       411       7    6.95  

266

     4    5.52       211       3    5.32       84       1    6.06  

411

     2    1.76       385       5    5.23       494       4    3.20  

33,816

     450    5.32       31,430       421    5.35       29,972       405    5.41  
                                             

33,816

     450    5.32       31,430       421    5.35       29,972       405    5.41  
                   

31,356

     466    5.82       31,091       470    5.98       29,538       479    6.41  

9,560

     130    5.32       9,340       138    5.86       8,986       150    6.59  

2,573

     20    3.09       2,646       23    3.45       2,484       17    2.79  

20,984

     283    5.38       20,558       284    5.56       18,897       288    6.12  

8,875

     129    5.81       9,193       139    6.03       9,411       142    6.05  

73,348

     1,028    5.53       72,828       1,054    5.76       69,316       1,076    6.18  

2,146

     38    7.05       2,350       41    7.12       3,607       51    5.62  

2,736

     18    2.56       2,528       17    2.65       3,040       25    3.25  

3,700

     49    5.26       4,068       54    5.33       5,384       71    5.30  

115,746

     1,583    5.42       113,204       1,587    5.59       111,319       1,628    5.83  
                   

(1,012)

          (900 )          (852 )     

2,779

          2,725            3,027       

25,486

          26,363            27,061       

$142,999

        $ 141,392          $ 140,555       
                   
                   
                   

$28,075

     131    1.85     $ 27,543       135    1.95     $ 25,405       167    2.64  

9,958

     16    .64       9,997       15    .63       9,580       21    .87  

2,751

     2    .29       2,813       2    .31       2,625       2    .33  

16,456

     135    3.27       16,791       151    3.62       16,556       175    4.24  

4,393

     33    2.99       4,686       39    3.28       3,813       37    3.81  

5,141

     23    1.74       4,112       20    1.91       6,026       48    3.18  

66,774

     340    2.02       65,942       362    2.20       64,005       450    2.82  
                   

7,870

     40    2.00       6,887       37    2.14       8,178       66    3.17  

9,660

     73    2.93       9,602       73    3.02       8,233       90    4.32  

5,772

     42    2.83       6,621       49    2.92       6,754       66    3.87  

5,088

     51    4.07       5,132       58    4.49       4,649       54    4.65  

3,758

     28    2.82       2,854       21    2.98       4,247       39    3.65  

32,148

     234    2.85       31,096       238    3.04       32,061       315    3.89  

98,922

     574    2.29       97,038       600    2.47       96,066       765    3.17  
                   

18,193

          18,045            17,564       

124

          152            135       

9,396

          9,410            10,690       

16,364

          16,747            16,100       

$142,999

                $ 141,392                  $ 140,555               
      3.13          3.12          2.66  
            .33                    .35                    .43  
     $ 1,009    3.46 %           $ 987    3.47 %           $ 863    3.09 %

Loan fees for the three months ended March 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, September 30, 2008, June 30, 2008, and March 31, 2008 were $44 million, $13 million, $17 million, $14 million, and $11 million, respectively. Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, September 30, 2008, June 30, 2008, and March 31, 2008 were $15 million, $8 million, $9 million, $10 million, and $9 million, respectively.

 

100


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See Note 17 Legal Proceedings in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1, of this Report, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There are no material changes from any of the risk factors previously disclosed in PNC’s 2008 Form 10-K in response to Part I, Item  1A .

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

(c) Details of our repurchases of PNC common stock during the first quarter of 2009 are included in the following table:

In thousands, except per share data

 

2009 period  

Total shares
purchased

(a) (b)

  Average
price
paid per
share
  Total shares
purchased as
part of
publicly
announced
programs (c)
  Maximum
number of
shares that
may yet be
purchased
under the
programs (c)

January 1 – January 31

  422   $ 39.02     24,710

February 1 – February 28

  294   $ 27.94     24,710

March 1 – March 31

  396   $ 26.71     24,710
           

Total

  1,112   $ 31.71        
(a) Under the US Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, there are restrictions on dividends and common share repurchases associated with the preferred stock that we issued to the US Treasury under that program on December 31, 2008. As is typical with cumulative preferred stocks, dividend payments for this preferred must be current before dividends can be paid on junior shares, including our common stock, or junior shares can be repurchased or redeemed. Also, under the TARP Capital Purchase Program agreements, the US Treasury’s consent will be required for any increase in common dividends per share above the most recent level prior to October 14, 2008 until the third anniversary of the preferred issuance unless all of that preferred has been redeemed or is no longer held by the US Treasury. Further, during that same period, the US Treasury’s consent will be required, unless the preferred stock is no longer held by the US Treasury, for any share repurchases with limited exceptions, most significantly purchases of common shares in connection with any benefit plan in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
(b) Reflects PNC common stock purchased in connection with our various employee benefit plans. No shares were purchased under the program referred to in note (c) to this table during the first quarter of 2009.
(c) Our current stock repurchase program allows us to purchase up to 25 million shares on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program was authorized on October  4, 2007 and will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated.

ITEM  4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

An annual meeting of shareholders of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. was held on April 28, 2009 for the purpose of considering and acting upon the following matters: (1) the election of 17 directors to serve until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified, (2) the approval of the PNC Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2009, (3) the ratification of the Audit Committee’s selection of

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as PNC’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2009, (4) the approval of an advisory vote on executive compensation, and (5) considering a shareholder proposal, if properly presented before the meeting.

Seventeen directors were elected and the aggregate votes cast for, against, or abstain were as follows:

 

     Aggregate Votes
Nominee    For    Against    Abstain

Richard O. Berndt

   339,912,257    42,815,084    1,932,037

Charles E. Bunch

   342,996,816    39,843,842    1,818,720

Paul W. Chellgren

   343,957,776    38,786,318    1,915,284

Robert N. Clay

   348,392,611    34,355,564    1,911,203

Kay Coles James

   345,521,861    37,321,827    1,815,690

Richard B. Kelson

   345,843,930    36,961,993    1,853,455

Bruce C. Lindsay

   348,201,108    34,528,634    1,929,636

Anthony A. Massaro

   350,308,678    32,534,489    1,816,211

Jane G. Pepper

   348,938,917    33,978,530    1,741,931

James E. Rohr

   328,705,809    54,111,059    1,842,510

Donald J. Shepard

   341,262,716    41,480,965    1,915,697

Lorene K. Steffes

   350,353,148    32,544,841    1,761,389

Dennis F. Strigl

   336,712,605    45,954,440    1,992,333

Stephen G. Thieke

   350,196,461    32,555,292    1,907,625

Thomas J. Usher

   343,104,811    39,684,016    1,870,551

George H. Walls, Jr.

   349,871,478    32,959,109    1,828,791

Helge H. Wehmeier

   348,581,854    34,313,847    1,763,677

The PNC Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2009, was approved and the aggregate votes cast for or against and the abstentions and broker non-votes were as follows:

 

Aggregate Votes
For    Against    Abstain    Broker Non-Votes
318,230,678    9,662,685    1,965,443    54,800,572

The Audit Committee’s selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as PNC’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2009 was approved and the aggregate votes cast for or against and the abstentions were as follows:

 

Aggregate Votes
For    Against    Abstain

379,664,084

   3,761,452    1,233,842

The advisory resolution on executive compensation was approved and the aggregate votes cast for or against and the abstentions were as follows:

 

Aggregate Votes
For    Against    Abstain

357,619,364

   18,675,800    8,364,214

 

101


Table of Contents

A shareholder proposal was properly presented before the meeting, proposing that the shareholders of PNC urge the Board of Directors to adopt a policy requiring the Named Executive Officers (NEOs) to retain 75% of the shares acquired through PNC’s compensation plans, excluding tax-deferred retirement plans, for two years from the termination of their employment (through retirement or otherwise), and to report to shareholders regarding the adoption of this policy before PNC’s 2010 annual meeting. The policy also should prohibit hedging techniques that offset the risk of losses to executives.

The shareholder proposal was not approved. The aggregate votes cast for or against the shareholder proposal and the abstentions and broker non-votes were as follows:

 

Aggregate Votes
For    Against    Abstain    Broker Non-Votes

104,899,113

   220,274,271    4,685,422    54,800,572

With respect to all of the preceding matters, holders of our common and voting preferred stock voted together as a single class. The following table sets forth, as of the February 27, 2009 record date, the number of shares of each class or series of stock that were issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, the voting power per share, and the aggregate voting power of each class or series:

 

Title of Class or Series    Voting Rights
Per Share
   Number of
Shares Entitled
to Vote
   Aggregate
Voting Power
 

Common Stock

   1    444,576,187    444,576,187  

$1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock – Series A

   8    6,448    51,584  

$1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock – Series B

   8    1,137    9,096  

$1.60 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock – Series C

   4/2.4    118,737    197,895  

$1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock – Series D

   4/2.4    169,181    281,968  

Total possible votes

             445,116,730 *
* Represents greatest number of votes possible. Actual aggregate voting power was less since each holder of voting preferred stock was entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of full shares of common stock into which such holder's preferred stock was convertible.

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The following exhibit index lists Exhibits filed, or in the case of Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 furnished, with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q:

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  10.59    Third Amendment to Share Surrender Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Corporation and BlackRock, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 27, 2009.
  10.60    Amended and Restated Implementation and Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Corporation and BlackRock, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 27, 2009.
  10.61    2009 forms of employee stock option, restricted stock, restricted share unit and performance unit agreements.
  12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  12.2    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.
  31.1    Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1    Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 .
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 .

You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-Q on or through PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings under “Form 10-Q.” Shareholders and bondholders may also receive copies of Exhibits, without charge, by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on May 11, 2009 on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

/s/ Richard J. Johnson

 

Richard J. Johnson

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

102


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Corporate Headquarters

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

412-762-2000

STOCK LISTING The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol PNC.

INTERNET INFORMATION The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s financial reports and information about its products and services are available on the internet at www.pnc.com. We provide information for investors in portions of our corporate website, such as the Investor Events and Financial Information areas that you can find under “About PNC – Investor Relations”. In this section, we will from time to time post information that we believe may be important or useful to investors. We generally post the following shortly before or promptly following its first use or release: financially-related press releases (including earnings releases), various SEC filings, presentation materials associated with earnings and other investor conference calls or events, and access to live and taped audio from such calls or events. When warranted, we will also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding PNC in advance of distribution of a press release or a filing with the SEC disclosing the same information. You can also find the SEC reports and corporate governance information described in the sections below in the Investor Relations section of our website.

Where we have included web addresses in this Report, such as our web address and web addresses of the SEC and of BlackRock, we have included those web addresses as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Report, information on those websites is not part hereof.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You can obtain copies of these and other filings, including exhibits, electronically at the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov or on or through PNC’s corporate Internet website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Copies may also be obtained without charge by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652 or via e-mail at web.queries@computershare.com.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AT PNC Information about our Board and its committees and corporate governance at PNC is available on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/

corporategovernance. Shareholders who would like to request printed copies of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or our Corporate Governance Guidelines or the charters of our Board’s Audit, Nominating and Governance, or Personnel and Compensation Committees (all of which are posted on the PNC corporate website) may do so by sending their requests to George P. Long, III, Corporate Secretary, at corporate headquarters at the above address. Copies will be provided without charge to shareholders.

INQUIRIES For financial services call 888-PNC-2265. Individual shareholders should contact Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Analysts and institutional investors should contact William H. Callihan, Senior Vice President, Director of Investor Relations, at 412-762-8257 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com.

News media representatives and others seeking general information should contact Brian E. Goerke, Director of External Communications, at 412-762-4550 or via e-mail at corporate.communications@pnc.com.

COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.

 

      High    Low    Close   

Cash

Dividends

Declared

2009 Quarter

    First

   $ 50.42    $ 16.20    $ 29.29    $ .66

2008 Quarter

    First

   $ 71.20    $ 53.10    $ 65.57    $ .63

Second

     73.00      55.22      57.10      .66

Third

     87.99      49.01      74.70      .66

Fourth

     80.00      39.09      49.00      .66

Total

                        $ 2.61

DIVIDEND POLICY Holders of PNC common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. Our Board of Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends for all past dividend periods on any series of outstanding preferred stock have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. However, on March 1, 2009, the Board decided to reduce PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend from $.66 to $.10 per share. Accordingly, on April 2, 2009 the Board declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $.10 per share. The amount of any future dividends will depend on economic and market conditions, our financial condition and operating results, and other factors, including contractual restrictions


 

103


Table of Contents

and applicable government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of bank and non-bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company).

See Note (a) to Part II, Item 2. Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities And Use of Proceeds in this Report regarding certain restrictions on dividends and share repurchases related to PNC’s participation in the US Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program.

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan enables holders of our common and preferred stock to purchase additional shares of common stock conveniently and without paying brokerage commissions or service charges. You can obtain a prospectus and enrollment form by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Registrar And Transfer Agent

Computershare Investor Services, LLC

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

800-982-7652


 

104